Sony PROYECTOR KDS-R50XBR1 KDS-R60XBR1 - Chasis SP-1 - Proyección PDF

HISTORY
Model Name : KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1

SERVICE MANUAL
Part No. : 9-872-762-01
When clicking an item, its detail is displayed.
Change of
Date SUPP./CORR. Description of SUP/COR
main text
2005.8 NEW
SERVICE MANUAL SP-1 CHASSIS
MODEL
COMMANDER
DEST.
CHASSIS NO.
MODEL
COMMANDER
DEST.
CHASSIS NO.

KDS-R50XBR1 RM-Y914 USA
KDS-R50XBR1 RM-Y914 CANADA
KDS-R50XBR1 RM-Y914 MEXICO
KDS-R60XBR1 RM-Y914 USA
KDS-R60XBR1 RM-Y914 CANADA
KDS-R60XBR1 RM-Y914 MEXICO
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914
SXRD PROJECTION TV
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
Specifications
Projection System 3 SXRD Panel, 1 lens projection system
SXRD Panel 0.61 inch SXRD panel 6,220,800 pixels (2,073,600 3)
Projection Lens High Performance, large diameter hybrid lens F2.5
Antenna 75 ohm external terminal for VHF/UHF
Lamp UHP lamp, 120W, XL-5100
Television System NTSC American TV Standard
ATSC (8VSB terrestrial) ATSC compliant 8VSB
QAM on cable ANSI/SCTE 07 2000
Visible Screen Size KDS-R50XBR1: 50 inches
(picture measured diagonally) KDS-R60XBR1: 60 inches
Channel Coverage Terrestrial (analog) 2-69
Cable TV (analog) 1-125
Terrestrial (digital) 2-69
Cable TV (digital) 1-135
Power Requirements 120V, 60 Hz
Inputs/Outputs
HDMI IN 2 total Video: 1080i, 720p, 480p, 480i
Audio: Two channel linear PCM 32, 44.1 and
48 kHz, 16, 20 and 24 bit
Video (IN) 3 total (1 on front panel) 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negative
S Video (IN) 3 total (1 on front panel) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync
negative
C: 0.286 Vp-p (Burst signal), 75 ohms
Audio (IN) 6 total (1 on front panel) 500 mVrms (100% modulation)
Impedance: 47 kilohms
Component Video Input 2 (YPBPR) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync
negative
PB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
PR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CONTROL S (IN) 1 Mini jack
CONTROL S (OUT) 1 Mini jack
AUDIO OUT (VAR/FIX) 1 500 mVrms at the maximum volume setting
(Variable)
500 mVrms (Fixed)
Impedance (output): 2 kilohms
2
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
Other Information
PC IN D-sub 15-pin, analog RGB, 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms, positive

i.LINK 3 total (1 on front panel) 4-pin S400 i.LINK terminal
RF Inputs 2
Digital Audio Optical Output 1 Optical Rectangular (1)
(PCM/Dolby Digital)
CableCARD Slot PCMCIA Type I/II
Speaker Output 15 W (L), 15 W (R)
Dimensions (W H D) KDS-R50XBR1 1,453 863 47 8 mm (57 1/4 34 18 7/8 inches)
KDS-R60XBR1 1,674 1,009 514 mm (66 39 3/4 20 1/4 inches)
Mass KDS-R50XBR1 43kg (94 lb. 13 oz.)
KDS-R60XBR1 51kg (112 lb. 7 oz.)
Power Consumption
In Use 240 W
In Standby 0.5 W
In i.LINK/CableCARD Standby Less than 30 W
Supplied Accessories
Remote Control RM-Y914
AA (R6) Batteries 2 supplied for remote control
Operating Instructions 1
Quick Setup Guide 1
Warranty 1
Product Registration Card 1
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
3
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
Indicators
Screen
POWER/STANDBY
POWER
LAMP TIMER
STD/DUO
Indicators
The indicators show the current status of your TV. If there is a change in the
condition or a problem with the TV, the indicators will flash or light up in
the manner described below to let you know that it requires your attention.
Indicator Flashing because...
POWER/ Green The lamp for the light source is preparing to turn
STANDBY on. When it is ready, it turns on.
flashing Red The lamp door or the lamp is not securely attached.
The red indicator will continue to flash in intervals
of three blinks at a time until the lamp door or the
lamp is placed correctly.
The red indicator is on when i.LINK STANDBY is
on or when your TV is in the PC power saving
mode.
LAMP indicator The projection lamp has burned out. Replace it with new one
flashes (see page 5 ).
TIMER indicator When one of the timers is set the indicator will remain lit (will
is lit not flash) even when the TV is turned off.
Projection Lamp Your TV uses a projection lamp as its light source. As with any lamp, it has
limited life and needs to be replaced when the Lamp indicator flashes or the
screen becomes darker. Note the following:
After turning on your TV, it may take a while (1 minute or less) before
the picture appears.
When the projection lamp wears out, the screen goes dark. Replace the
lamp with a new Sony XL-5100 replacement lamp (not supplied).
The light emitted from the lamp is quite bright when your TV i s in
use. To avoid eye discomfort or injury, do not look into the light
housing when the power is on.
4
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
Replacing the Lamp

The projection lamp, which illuminates the picture, has a limited life.
If the screen becomes dark, the color looks unusual, or the LAMP indicator
on the front of the TV flashes, this indicates the lamp needs to be replaced
with a new one (not supplied).
WARNING
Electric appliances can cause fire or high temperature, resulting in
injury or death. Be sure to follow the instructions below.
Use a Sony XL-5100 replacement lamp (not supplied) for replacement.

Use of any other lamp may damage the TV.
Do not remove the lamp for any purpose other than replacement. Doing
so may cause injury or fire.
Do not put flammable materials and metal objects inside the lamp
receptacle of the TV after removing the lamp. Doing so may cause fire
or electrical shock. Do not touch the lamp receptable once the lamp has
been removed.
When the lamp eventually burns out, you may hear a noticeable pop
sound. This is normal and it is inherent to this type of lamp.
In rare instances, the bulb may pop inside the lamp unit, but the lamp
unit is designed to contain all of the broken glass pieces inside the lamp
unit.
The lamps contain mercury. For proper disposal of the used lamps,
follow and observe the local ordinances. See page 107.
5
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
How to Replace the 1 Turn off the power on the main unit. Wait several minutes, then unplug
Lamp the power cord.
(The cooling fan will continue to operate for about two minutes after
turning the power off.)
2 Wait at least 30 minutes after unplugging the power cord to allow the
lamp to cool down before replacing it. To avoid being burned, do not
touch the lamp receptacle once the lamp has been removed.
3 Take the new lamp out of its package.
Do not touch the glass portion of the new lamp.
Do not shake the lamp. Vi bration can damage the lamp or
shorten its life.
Avoid touching the front glass of a new lamp or the glass of the
lamp receptacle. This may reduce picture quality or lamp life.
4 Turn the screw with a screwdriver counterclockwise and remove the

outside lamp cover.
5 Pu ll out the lamp.

Place your index finger through the hoop of the lamp handle and pull it
upwards, while placing your thumb on the dent on the top. Then pull
the lamp out.
The lamp is very hot after use. Never touch the glass portion of the
lamp or the non-designated surrounding parts (shown in gray).
After the used lamp has cooled, place it into the empty box of the
replacement lamp. Never put the used lamp into a plastic bag.
(Continued)
6
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
6 Place the lamp halfway in. Follow the gutter in the compartment to
mount the new lamp securely.
Hold this part of the lamp
The lamp compartment is tilted, as shown in the following

illustration.
7 Slide it in slowly by pressing the PUSH part of the front corners of the
lamp until it stops with a firm clicking sound to lock.
PUS
H
PUS
H
To ensure the lamp is securely installed, press the area marked

PUSH before closing the lamp cover.
If the lamp is not securely reattached, the self-diagnostic function

may be triggered and the POWER/STANDBY indicator flashes in
red three times (see page 4 ).
7
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
8 Place the outside lamp cover back in its place. Turn the screw with a
screwdriver clockwise and secure the cover.
Consult your Sony dealer for a Sony XL-5100 replacement

lamp.
Take great care when replacing the lamp or plugging
in/unplugging the connecting cords. Rough handling may
cause the TV t o fall, damaging the TV, the TV s tand and the
floor.
The used lamp

This product contains mercury. Disposal of this product may be regulated if
sold in the United States. For disposal or recycling information, please
contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industries Alliance
(http://www.eiae.org).
Do not leave the used lamp near flammable materials or within the
reach of children.
Do not pour water onto the used lamp or put any object inside the lamp.
Doing so may cause the lamp to burst.
For replacement lamp information visit:

U. S. residents: http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/
Canadian residents: http://www.sonystyle.ca/tv/
8
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
SAFETY CHECK-OUT
( US model only )
After correcting the original service problem, perfom the follow- LEAKAGE TEST
ing safety checks before releasing the set to the customer:
l. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-sol- The AC leakage from any exposed metal part to earth ground and
dered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder from all exposed metal parts to any exposed metal part having a
splashes and bridges. return to chassis, must not exceed 0.5mA (500 microampers) . Leak-
2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are age current can be measured by any one of three methods.
pinched or contact high-wattage resistors. 1. A commercial leakage tester, such as the Simpson 229 or
3. Check that all control knobs, shields, covers, ground straps, RCA WT-540A. Follow the manufacturers instructions to
and mounting hardware have been replaced. Be absolutely usc these instruments.
certain that you have replaced all the insulators. 2. A battery-operated AC milliammeter. The Data Precision 245
4. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly tran- digital multimeter is suitable for this job.
sistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them 3. Measuring the voltage drop across a resistor by means of a
out to the customer and recommend their replacement. VOM or battery-operated AC voltmeter. The limit indica-
5. Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious tion is 0.75V, so analog meters must have an accurate low-
signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and voltage scale. The Simpson 250 and Sanwa SH-63Trd are
recom mend their replacement. examples of a passive VOM that is suitable. NearIy all bat-
6. Check the line cords for cracks and abrasion. Recommend tery operated digital multimeters that have a 2V AC range
the replacement of any such line cord to the customer. are suitable. (See Fig. A)
7. Check the condition of the monopole antenna (if any). Make
sure the end is not broken off, and has the plastic cap on it. HOW TO FIND A GOOD EARTH GROUND
Point out the danger of impalement on a broken antenna to
the customer, and recommend the antennas replacement. A cold-water pipe is guaranteed earth ground;the cover-plate re-
8. Check the B+ and HV to see they are at the values specified. taining screw on most AC outlet boxes is also at earth ground. If
Make sure your instruments are accurate;be suspicious of the retaining screw is to be used as your earth-ground, verify that it
your HV meter if sets always have low HV. is at ground by measuring the resistance between it and a cold-
9. Check the antenna temminals, metal trim, metallized knobs, water pipe with an ohmmeter. The reading should be zero ohms. If
screws, and all other exposed metal parts for AC leakage. a cold-water pipe is not accessible, connect a 60-l00 watts trouble
Check leakage as described below. light (not a neon lamp) between the hot side of the receptacle and
the retaining screw. Try both slots, if necessary, to locate the hot
side of the line, the lamp should light at normal brilliance if the
screw is at ground potential. (See Fig. B)
To Exposed Metal
Parts on Set
Trouble Light
Ohmmeter
AC Outlet Box
AC
1.5 F 1.5k voltmeter
(0.75V) Cold-water Pipe
Earth Ground
Fig. B. Checking for earth ground.
Fig. A. Using an AC voltmeter to check AC leakage.
9
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
CAUTION ATTENTION!!
AFIN DEVITER TOUT RISQUE DELECTROCUTION PROVE-
These servicing instructions are for use by qualified service per- NANT DUN CHSSIS SOUS TENSION, UN TRANSFORMATEUR
sonnel only. DISOLEMENT DOIT ETRE UTILIS LORS DE TOUT DEPAN-
To reduce the risk of electric shock, do not perform any servicing NAGE.
other than that contained in the operating instructions unless you LE CHSSIS DE CE RECEPTEUR EST DIRECTEMENT RAC-
are qualified to do so. CORD LALIMENTATION SECTEUR.
WARNING!! ATTENTION AUX COMPOSANTS RELATIFS LA

AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER SHOULD BE USED DURING SCURIT!!
ANY SERVICE TO AVOID POSSIBLE SHOCK HAZARD, BE- LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFIS PAR UNE FRAME ET PAR UNE
CAUSE OF LIVE CHASSIS. MAPQUE ! SUR LES SCHMAS DE PRINCIPE, LES VUES EX-
THE CHASSIS OF THIS RECElVER IS DIRECTLY CONNECTED PLOSES ET LES LISTES DE PIECES SONT DUNE IMPORTANCE
TO THE AC POWER LINE. CRITIQUE POUR LA SCURIT DU FONCTIONNEMENT. NE LES
REMPLACER QUE PAR DES COMPOSANTS SONY DONT LE
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!! NUMRO DE PICE EST INDIQU DANS LE PRSENT MAN-
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY SHADING AND MARK ! ON THE UEL OU DANS DES SUPPLMENTS PUBLIS PAR SONY. LES
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS, EXPLODED VIEWS AND IN THE RGLAGES DE CIRCUIT DONT LIMPORTANCE EST CRITIQUE
PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE POUR LA SCURIT DU FONCTIONNEMENT SONT IDENTIFIES
THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUM- DANS LE PRSENT MANUEL. SUIVRE CES PROCDURES
BERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLE- LORS DE CHAQUE REMPLACEMENT DE COMPOSANTS CRI-
MENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS THAT TIQUES, OU LORSQUUN MAUVAIS FONCTIONNEMENT SUS-
ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION ARE IDENTIFIED IN THIS PECT.
MANUAL. FOLLOW THESE PROCEDURES WHENEVER CRITI-
CAL COMPONENTS ARE REPLACED OR IMPROPER OPERA-
TION IS SUSPECTED.
10
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Title Page Section Title Page

1. SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ..................... 13 4. DIAGRAMS

4-1. Block Diagram (1) .............................................. 25
2. DISASSEMBLY Block Diagram (2) .............................................. 26
2-1. Rear Cover .......................................................... 16 Block Diagram (3) .............................................. 27
2-2. Terminal Bracket, D.C Fan ................................ 17 Block Diagram (4) .............................................. 28
2-3. Service Position .................................................. 17 Block Diagram (5) .............................................. 29
2-4. Pod Block Assembly, Antenna Switch .............. 18 Block Diagram (6) .............................................. 30
2-5. Digital Block Assembly ..................................... 18 Block Diagram (7) .............................................. 31
2-6. DC Motor SFF21C/C-NP ................................... 19 Block Diagram (8) .............................................. 32
2-7. Power Supply Block ........................................... 19 Block Diagram (9) .............................................. 33
2-8. Unit Cover Assembly, Lamp (R) Guide Block Diagram (10) ............................................ 34
Assembly ............................................................ 20 Block Diagram (11) ............................................ 35
2-9. DC Motor SFF22A/C-NP .................................. 20 Block Diagram (12) ............................................ 36
2-10. Optical Block Assembly .................................... 21 4-2. Frame Schematic Diagram ................................. 37
2-11. Screen Frame Block Assembly .......................... 21 4-3. Circuit Boards Location ..................................... 39
2-12. Mirror Cover Block Assembly ........................... 22 4-4. Schematic Diagrams ........................................... 39
(1) Schematic Diagram of AK Board ...................... 40
2-13. H1 Block Assembly ........................................... 22
(2) Schematic Diagram of F Board ......................... 41
(3) Schematic Diagram of G (1/3) Board ............... 42
3. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS (4) Schematic Diagram of G (2/3) Board ............... 43
3-1. Electrical Adjustment by Remote Commander .... 23 (5) Schematic Diagram of G (3/3) Board ............... 44
3-1-1. Method of Setting the Service Adjustment (6) Schematic Diagram of HM Board ..................... 45
Mode ............................................................... 23 (7) Schematic Diagram of H1 Board ...................... 46
3-1-2. Service Mode Adjustment ............................ 23 (8) Schematic Diagram of H2 Board ...................... 47
3-1-3. Memory Write Confirmation Method .......... 23 (9) Schematic Diagram of H3 Board ...................... 48
3-1-4. Adjusting Buttons and Indicator ................... 24 (10) Schematic Diagram of QU Board ..................... 49
3-2. To read Lamp and Panel time ............................ 24 (11) Schematic Diagram of S1, S2 Boards ................ 50
3-3. Test Reset ........................................................... 24 (12) Schematic Diagram of T1, T3 Boards ............... 51
3-4. H/V Center Confirmation and Adjustment ........ 24 4-5. Printed Wiring Boards ........................................ 52
(1) AK Board ............................................................ 52
(2) F Board ............................................................... 53
(3) G Board (Side A) ................................................ 54
(4) G Board (Side B) ................................................ 55
(5) HM, H1 Boards .................................................. 56
(6) H2, H3 Boards .................................................... 57
(7) QU, S1, S2, T1, T3 Boards ................................ 58
4-6. Semiconductors .................................................. 59
11
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
Section Title Page

5. EXPLODED VIEWS
5-1. Screen, Covers .................................................... 60

5-2. Bottomblock-1 .................................................... 61
5-3. Bottomblock-2 .................................................... 62
5-4. Bottomblock-3 .................................................... 63
6. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

AK Board .................................................................. 64
F Board ...................................................................... 65
G Board ..................................................................... 65
HM Board ................................................................. 69
H1 Board ................................................................... 70
H2 Board ................................................................... 70
H3 Board ................................................................... 70
QU Board .................................................................. 71
S1 Board .................................................................... 71
T1 Board ................................................................... 71
T3 Board ................................................................... 71
12
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
SECTION 1 RM-Y914 RM-Y914
SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
1. Summary of Self-Diagnosis Function

- This device includes a self-diagnosis function.
- In case of abnormalities, the POWER/STANDBY indicator automatically blinks. It is
possible to predict the abnormality location by the number of blinks. The Instruction
Manual describes blinking of the POWER/STANDBY indicator.
- If the symptom is not reproduced sometimes in case of a malfunction, there is recording of
whether a malfunction was generated or not. Operate the remote command to confirm the
matter on the screen and to predict the location of the abnormality.
2. Diagnosis Items and Prediction of Malfunction Location

- When a malfunction occurs the POWER/STANDBY indicator only blinks for one of the
following diagnosis items. In case of two or more malfunctions, the item which first
occurred blinks. If the malfunctions occurred simultaneously, the item with the lower
blink count blinks first.
- The screen display displays the results regarding all the diagnosis items listed below.
The display "0" means that no malfunctions occurred.
Number of times
Probable Cause
Diagnosis Item POWER/STANDBY Defected symptoms
Location
indicator blinks
- Set temperture is high.
- Temp sensor connector
Temp error 2 times is not attached securely. - No picture/No sound
(CN7020 on HB board,
CN7180 on S2 board)
- Lamp cover is not
Lamp cover error 3 times attached securely. - No picture/No sound
-Lamp is not set securely.
- F an 1-4 power is not

supplied. (AGU board)
Fan stopped 4 times - Fan connector is not - No picture/No sound
attached securely.
-Fan caught wires or
harnesses.
Lamp driver error 5 times - Lamp driver is faulty. - No picture/No sound
- B_12V is not supplied.

Low B error 6 times (GT board) - No picture/No sound
- Short-circuit of Audio power

supply line.
-Blow out of fuse.
Audio error 7 times (PS3001 on K board)
- No picture/No sound
-IC failure.
(IC3005 on K board)
-B -12V is over voltage.

D-OVP error 8 times (B board)
- No picture/No sound
-Q_10.5V is over voltage.

ATSC OVP 10 times (GT board) - No picture/No sound
- Lamp for the light

Lamp error LAMP-LED flashes - No picture/No sound
source burns out.
13
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
3. Blinking count display of POWER/STANDBY indicator
- One blink is not used for self-diagnosis.
- Example
STD/DUO
POWER/STANDBY
LAMP TIMER
POWER
Diagnosis item LED blinks
Indicators Lamp cover 3 times
Fan 4 times
LED ON : 0.3sec
LED OFF : 0.3sec LED OFF
3.0sec
- Release of POWER/STANDBY indicator blinking

The POWER/STANDBY indicator blinking display is released by removing the plug from
the power or leaving for 2 minutes.
4. Self-diagnosis screen displays

- In cases of malfunctions where it is not possible to determine the symptom such as when
the power goes off occasionally or when the screen disappears occasionally, there is a
screen display on whether the malfunction occurred or not in the past (and whether the
detection circuit operated or not) in order to allow confirmation.
<Screen Display Method>

- Quickly press the remote command button in the following order from the standby state.
DISPLAY Channel 5 Vol - POWER
Be aware that this differs from

the method of entering the
service mode (Vol +).
SELF CHECK
1 : LAMP_ERROR 0
2 : TEMP_ERROR 0
2 : LAMP_TEMP 0
3 : LAMP_COVER 0
4 : FAN_ERROR 0
5 : LAMP_DRIVER 1
6 : LOWB_ERROR 0
7 : AUDIO_PROT 0
8 : D_OVP 0
10 : ATSC_OVP 0
- Numeral "1" means a fault was detected one time

- Numeral "0" means that no fault was detected
14
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
- The results display is not automatically cleared. In case of repairs and after repairs, check
the self-diagnosis screen and be sure to return the results display to "0".
- If the results display is not returned to "0" it will not be possible to judge a new malfunction
after completing repairs.
<Method of Clearing Results Display>
1. Power off (Set to the standby mode)
2. DISPLAY Channel 5 Vol - POWER
3. Channel 8 ENTER
<Method of Ending Self-Diagnosis Screen>

- When ending the self-diagnosis screen completely, turn the power switch OFF on the
remote commander or the main unit.
5. Self-Diagnosis function operation

2 : Temp When the temperature sensor (for Ambient) on the S1 board detects high
temperature or the temperature sensor (for Lamp) on the S2 board detects
high temperature or the temperature sensor (for Panel) on the C board detects
high temperature, the DE-micro (IC5) turns off the lamp.
3 : Lamp cover The rib at the back of the lamp cover closes the SW on the T1 board. The lamp
closes the SW on the T2 board.
It is monitored by DE-micro (pin63 of IC5) and turned off the lamp when it is
opened.
4 : Fan Fan rotation is detected by FAN-PROT and the DE-micro (pin92 of IC5) turns
off the lamp when it is high.
5 : Lamp Driver When the LAMP-PROT (pin83 of IC5) is high, the lamp is not turned on.
If the LAMP-HV-DET (pin94 of IC5) is low at the same time, it classified as
no high voltage of the lamp driver.
6 : Low B error When no D5V (SW_5V) is detected, pin 129 of TV-micro (IC7002) is low and
it turns off the main power. (for example, blowout of thermal fuse).
7 : Audio When DC voltage is detected at the speaker output, SP-PROT (pin102 of IC5)
is low and it turns off the main power.
8 : D-OVP Be not in use.
9 : Panel error When there is not ack from the temperature sensor on the S1, S2 and C board or
IIC line connector (CN2303: ASU board, CN7956: DSU board, CN6901: C board)
is not seated securely. it is monitored by DE-micro.
10 : ATSC-OVP Be not in use.
LAMP : Lamp When the LAMP-PROT (pin83 of IC5) is high, the lamp is not turned on.
If the LAMP-HV-DET (pin94 of IC5) is high at the same time, it classified
as no lamp or a dead lamp.
15
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
DISASSEMBLY
Photo: KDS-R50XBR1
2-1. REAR COVER
3
2
Lamp door assembly
1 Loosen screw
Rear cover
16
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
2-2. TERMINAL BRACKET, D.C FAN
1 2 screws (+BVTP 3x12) Terminal bracket

2 3 screws (+BVST 3x6)
4 Connector
D.C fan
5 Turn rivets
2-3. SERVICE POSITION
4 Screw (+BVTP2 4x16)

1 2 screws (+BVTP 4x16) 5 Unlock 2 claws and pull
out the chassis assembly
Chassis Assembly carefully
2 Remove side stay (R) by

pulling it down forward
17
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
2-4. POD BLOCK ASSEMBLY, ANTENNA SWITCH
4 2 hexagoral washers
3 POD block assembly
Antenna switch
1 Connector
2-5. DIGITAL BLOCK ASSEMBLY
1 Loosen cable holders 8 2 connectors

4 2 screws (right side)
(+BVTS 3x6)
7 Pull out IEEE1394 cable

6 Shield case (ATSC)
5 4 screws qa PD board
(+BVTS 3x6) 0 2 PWB suppurt
3 2 screws (+BVTP 3x12)
qd 3 screws (+BVST 3x6)
qa 5 connectors
qs Connector
qf 3 screws (+BVST 3x6)
qs Connector
18
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
2-6. DC MOTOR SFF21C/C-NP
3 DC MOTOR SFF21C/C-NP
with fan dampers
1 2 screws (+PWTP2 4x16)
2 Fan guard with cushions

Q box assembly (for bracket)
2-7. POWER SUPPLY BLOCK
4 2 PCB spacers
1 2 screws (+BVTP2 4x16)
3 2 Connectors
2 Remove side stay (R) by pulling it down forward. 5 Remove the power supply
block upward.
6 2 screws (+BVTP2 4x16) 7 Fan bracket (EX) with fan
19
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
8 Screw (+BVTP2 4x16) qa Ballast guide
9 Side stay (S)

qs Screw (+BVTP 3x12)

qd
Connector holder Connector holder with T3 board
[ In the lamp guide]
2-8. UNIT COVER ASSEMBLY, LAMP (R) GUIDE 2-9. DC MOTOR SFF22A/C-NP
ASSEMBLY

(See below)
DC motor SFF22A/C-NP
3 Release the claw
2 holes
2 hooks
4 Lamp (R) guide assembly
2 Unit cover assembly Scirocco cover (PN) 1 2 screws (+BVTP2 4x16)
<Rear view>
20
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
2-10. OPTICS BLOCK ASSEMBLY
2 Front cover
3 4 screws (+PSWM 4x12)

4 Optics block assembly
2-11. SCREEN FRAME BLOCK ASSEMBLY

Photo: R50XBR1
3 Screen frame block assembly
1 9 screws (+BVTP 4x16)
21
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
2-12. MIRROR COVER BLOCK ASSEMBLY
2 Mirror cover
block assembly
2-13. H1 BLOCK ASSEMBLY
2
1 2 screws (+PWTP2 4x16)
H1 block assembly
22
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS
3-1. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT BY REMOTE 3-1-2. Service Mode Adjustment
COMMANDER
1. The SCREEN displays the item being adjusted.
By using remote commander (RM-Y914), all circuit adjust- 2. Press 1 or 4 on the remote commander to select the
ments can be made. adjustment item.
NOTE : Test Equipment Required. 3. Press 3 or 6 on the remote commander to change the data.
1. Pattern Generator (with component outputs) 4. Press 2 or 5 on the remote commander to select the category.
2. Oscilloscope Every time you press 2 (Category up), Service mode
3. Digital multimeter changes in the order as shown below.
3-1-1. Method of Setting the Service Adjustment

Mode MSP3714G CC_T
VERSION
1. Standby mode. (Power off) CXA2209Q CCPS_1 HDMI

2. DISPLAY t 5 t VOL (+) t TV POWER
on the remote commander. OUT-1 CCPS_2 HDMS
(Press each button within a second.)
OUT-2 CCPS_3 ID
The following service screen will appear.
Category Name Mode OUT-3 CCPS_4 OPB_GA
Item No. Data AP CCPS_5 OP_GA
DLBY CCPS_6 OP_US

VERSION 0 0 SERVICE
VER TV
BUSSW CCPS_7
Item Name Input Signal CXA2103 CCPS_8
CXA2163 CCPS_10
F/A : xxxxxxxx
CBA : xxxxxxxx 2DCOMB CCPS_11
TELETEXT DELAY_1
Category Name
MSP_SIZE DELAY_2
Item No. Data
MSPMD OSD
D9671-1 0 0 G
I2CSCAL MSPSEL CC_M
96H 28DEG
Item Name 9CH 24DEG CC_S
MSPFNC
LCD PJ ENGINE VER.10.00B
03/10/07 732B
<LCD PROJECTOR ENGINE>

5. If you want to recover the latest values press - then
[ENTER] to read the memory.
6. Press [MUTING] then [ENTER] to write into memory.
7. Turn power off.
<Method of setting the shipping condition>

1. Service Adjustment mode.
2. Press 8 then [ENTER]
3. Wait until appearing Initial Setup display.
4. Disconnect AC plug and connect again to change factory re-
set condition completely.
3-1-3. Memory Write Confirmation Method

1. After adjustment, turn power off with the remote commander.
2. Turn power on and set to service mode.
3. Call the adjusted items again and confirm they were adjusted.
23
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
3-1-4. Adjusting Buttons and Indicator

MUTING This screen reads
POWER
Total lamp time is 14 hours and
DISPLAY
Total lamp ON/OFF cycle is 71 times
Adjustment item
up To reset lamp time,
Adjustment category
Adjustment item
up press 3 , MUTE and ENTER keys in sequence.
down
Data up WRI-EXE(Red Character) is momentarily displayed and LampTM
Data down will be reset to 0 .
Initialize data 4. Press 1 key [7 times].
(Not stored)
Adjustment category
down
Example
User control goes ENTER PANEL NVM OK 9 OPTION_E
to the standerd state 7 SH SFT1 10 Diff 1
(Shipping Conditions)
PanelTM 14h
Read data from
NVM
This screen reads

Total Panel time is 14 hours
VOL +
You cant reset the Panel time with the Service menu .
<To get out of the Service menu>
The Service menu is cleared by turning off the set with a remote com-
mander or the power switch .
3-3. Test Reset

The user settings can be reset to the factory default condition as fol-
lows.
RM-Y914 1. Press TEST and RESET key in sequence when the set is ON .
The LAMP,TIMER and POWER/STANDBY LED light and the
FUNCTION OF KEYS ON COMMANDER picture is muted.
After about 5 seconds the LAMP and TIMER LED go off,
1 : Changes adjustment item. (item No. moves up)
and the color of POWER/STANDBY LED changes from amber
4 : Changes adjustment item. (item No. moves down)
to green.
2 : Changes adjustment category.
After another 10 seconds the reset is completed and the initial set-
(category moves up)
up display appears.
5 : Changes adjustment category.
(category moves down)
3-4. H/V Center Confirmation and Adjustment
3 : Changes data value. (up)
Please check the picture horizontal/vertical center after the replace-
6 : Changes data value. (down)
ment of the following parts .
Commander Function Optical block
Top assembly
Button Mode Description
1, Check H/V center with 480i monoscope signal in Full mode .
[MUTING] + [ENTER] WRITE Writes data to NVM.
2, If the center is shifted , adjust it with the following service items .
- + [ENTER] READ Reads data from NVM.
8 + [ENTER] RESET Set the shipping condition. Please record the steps shifted as DFD 16 and CXD9713 .
3-2. To read Lamp and Panel time CXD9713 DFD 16 (for H center)
DFD 17 (for V center)
The lamp and panel time of the set are displayed as follows .
<Enter the service mode>
1. Press the keys of the remote commander in rapid sequence as fol-
lows , when the set is in standby mode.
DFD17
DISPLAY t Channel 5 t Vol + t POWER
2. Press the JUMP key [3 times].

Youll get into DE-micro service menu .
3. Press 2 key [9 times] to show the following display . DFD16
Example
PANEL NVM OK 9 OPTION_E
0 LAMP 0 Diff 1
LampTM 14 LampCT 71
24
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
SECTION 4
DIAGRAMS
4-1. BLOCK DIAGRAM (1)
J309 V1-Y
IC303 Q2002 MAIN_G CN2006
Y C V1-C VIDEO INPUT SELECT BUFFER PC_R
3 4 A1 PC_R
S VIDEO PC_L
A2 PC_L
1 2 V1-V Q316 Q2004 Q2003 MAIN_Y/CV ATSC_R
12 IN5_CV CV/YOUT1 58 A3 ATSC_R
V2-V BUFFER BUFFER BUFFER ATSC_L
7 IN4_CV TO A4 ATSC_L
V3-V 1 ASU (2/2) HDMI_R
17 IN6_CV A5 HDMI_R
A-TU-V Q314 MAIN_C/CB BOARD HDMI_L
79 IN1_CV C/CBOUT1 59 A6 HDMI_L
V1-V SUB TU V BUFFER
VIDEO 1 VIDEO Y 1 IN2_VC HDMI_Y
A7 HDMI_Y
IN MTU_R
V1-Y Q313 MAIN_CR A8 MTU_R
13 IN5_Y CROUT1 60 MTU_L
V1-L V2-Y BUFFER A9 MTU_L
L L 8 IN4_Y MTU_V
(MONO) V3-Y A10 MTU_V
18 IN6_Y MAIN_CVY
AUDIO HDMI-Y Q230 SUB_Y A11 CVY_MAIN
26 IN8_Y CV/YOUT2 67 M_HSYNC
R V1-R BUFFER A12 TU_H_MAIN
R SUB_Y
V1-C A13 SUB_Y
14 IN5_C SUB_C
V2-C Q231 SUB_C A14 SUB_C
9 IN4_C C/CBOUT2 68 SUB_HSYNC
V3-Y V3-C BUFFER A15 TU_H_SUB
19 IN6_C AFT_SUB
Q2001 MAIN_CVY A16 AFT_SUB
Y C V3-C D4_VG Q318 BUFFER AD_RST TO
3 4 33 IN9_Y SEL_OUT1 56 A17 AD_RST
D5_VG BUFFER AD_MUTE DSU BOARD
S VIDEO 40 IN10_Y A18 AD_MUTE CN7003
1 2 LINE_MUTE
SYNC_OUT1 55 A19 LINE_MUTE
V3_SSW D4_VB SIRCS
34 IN9_CB A20 SIRCS
D5_VB USER_RXD
41 IN10_CB EXT_CLK/XTAL 51 A21 USER_RXD
USER_TXD A22 USER_TXD
X302
V3-V D4_VR I2C_SDA
VIDEO 3 VIDEO Y 35 IN9_CR 4MHz A23 I2C_SDA
IN D5 _VR I2C_SCL
42 IN10_CR A24 I2C_SCL
V3-L SDA_IFP
L L A26 SDA1(IFP_SDA)
(MONO) SCL_IFP
AUDIO Q301-304 A27 SCL(IFP_SCL)
12C_SDA
R Y SIGNAL 11 IN5_S SDA 77 A32 AC_RLY
V3-R 12C_SCL
R DETECT 6 IN4_S SCL 76 A36
SW_9V SW_9V
A37
A38
J304 STBY5V B38 STBY5V
Y
VG D4_VG IC507 A39
AUDIO INPUT SELECT
A41
SW3.3V SW3.3V
B42
PB
VB D4_VB V1-L
1 IN1_L SDA 32
12C_SDA IC526
V2-L 12C_SCL AMP A45
19 IN7_L SCL 31 D5V D5V
V3-L B46
4 IN2_L
HD/DVD VR D4_VR MTU-L M-L A49
PR 22 IN8_L LOUT1 39 2 1 ATSC_5V ATSC_5V
4 IN SUB-TU-L A50
25 IN9_L
D4-L
10 IN4_L
L D4-L D5-L M-R TO
L 13 IN5_L ROUT1 37 6 7
ATSC-L 2 ASU (2/2)
28 IN10_L BOARD USER_TXD J301
AUDIO HDMI-L
16 IN6_L UARTRX CONTROL
R D4-R PC-L
R 7 IN3_L UARTTX S OUT
12C_S
J303
(1080i/720P/480P/480i) CONTROL
V1-R
2 IN1_R Q306-312 S IN
VG D5_VG V2-R SIRCS
Y 20 IN7_R SIRCS I/F
V3-R
5 IN2_R CONTROL
MTU-R
23 IN8_R
VB D5_VB SUB-TU-R TO
PB 26 IN9_R CTL
D4-R
11 IN4_R
3 ASU (2/2)
D5-R BOARD
14 IN5_R
HD/DVD VR D5_VR ATSC-R
PR 29 IN10_R
5 IN HDMI-R SDAT_IFP
17 IN6_R 28 I2C_SDA0
PC-R IC5
8 IN3_R
L D5-L SCLK_IFP
L 27 I2C_SCL0 SAIPH MICRO
AUDIO
SDAT_D CN1
R D5-R 33 PD_SENB
LEVEL SHIFT
R SP PROT 102 7 SP_PROT
SCLK_D
IC8
34 SIO_SCK3 AU/_MUTE 101 8 A_MUTE
SENB_D OF_FLAG_MAIN 8 9 OVF
32 SIO_SDT3
K3.3V_SW 6 10 3.3V_SW
FPC_DET TO
96 AC_OFF_DET AK BOARD
IC2306 IRIS_GAIN
117 IRIS_GAIN CN2603
FAN PRPT
92 FAN ERR M_RST 100 13 M_RST
CN7050 CN7051 CN004 2 A5V LAMP_ON
+5V 86 LAMP_ON LATCH_MAIN 9 14 SCLTCH
1 S_SW2 S_SW2 1 SUB6.5V 1 3 IRIS_CTRL
REG 69 IRIS_PPG 15 AMP_RST
2 S2_2 S2_2 2 IRIS_FB
Y C D2-C 41 IRIS_FB
3 4 4 C2 C2 4 PANEL_ON
D2-Y SUB-TV-V 93 PANEL_ON SIO_SDT1 19 17 SCDT
6 Y2 Y2 6 5V (D-D)
S VIDEO 1 2 D2-V A-TU-V TU2100 PANEL_PD
8 V2 V2 8 5V (TU) 55 PANEL_PD SIO_SCK1 20 18 SCSHIFT
D2-L SUB-TU-L SUB TUNER SDA_E
10 L2 L2 10 5V (IF) SCL_E
D2-R SUB-TU-R
12 R2 R2 12 DE-EM AU_RESET_AMP 103 Q305
SYNC DETECT
IC7
RESET
J7050 AFT_SUB Q2321 5 65 SDA1
AFT OUT
VIDEO 2 INPUT BUFFER EEPROM 6 64 SCL1
X1
X2
MTU_V Q317,315 90 107 108
VIDEO Q323,317,315
BUFFER BUFFER
SW3.3V
IC4
L RESET X1
(MONO) DET OUT 6MHz
AUDIO S1
Q305 M_HSYNC SUB_HSYNC Q324 (RESET)
R
H3
SYNC DETECT SYNC DETECT
12C_SCL
CL ASU (1/2)
Supplied as the ASU/DSU block ass'y for service.
(VIDEO 2 INPUT)
12C_SDA
DA ( The parts on this board are not supplied individually ) (A/V INPUT,TUNER)
25
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
BLOCK DIAGRAM (2)

TO DSU BOARD
CN4000
CN2010 100P
B15 PANEL_ON
A22 SENS_SDA
A13 I_MAIN_CV
A21 SENS_SCL
A31 IRIS_CTRL
A30 IRIS_GAIN
B12 LAMP_ON
A19 I_MAIN_G
A11 I_MAIN_C
A15 I_MAIN_R
A17 I_MAIN_B
B18 LVDS_PD
B31 IRIS_FB
B25 SDA_E
B27 SCL_E
A28 SENB
A29 SDAT
B28 SCLK
MAIN_G
MAIN_Y/CV
1 MAIN_C/CB
TO MAIN_CR IC3
AUS (1/2) LEVEL SHIFT
BOARD
IRIS_CTRL
PANEL_ON
LVDS_PD
IRIS_GAIN
LAMP_ON
IRIS_FB
SDAT_D
SENB_D
SCLK_D
CTL
3
TO
SDAT_D
SCLK_D
FAN_PROT
AUS (1/2) IC2300
BOARD FAN CONTROL
CN2301
IC514 IC2305 SUB_11V 1 3 1 FAN1-POW

M FAN
SW_9V DATA DECODER 4 2 D2301 2 FAN1-PROT
1 SHUNT
FAN1-CTL Q2310,2305 4 FAN2-POW
3 2 REGULATOR DAC4 3 BUFFER M FAN
AHVSUP 39 D2302 5 FAN2-PROT
IC2301 7 FAN3-POW
SPDIF_OUT 76
Q511 SPDIF FAN CONTROL
D2303 8 FAN3-PROT
M FAN
BUFFER
SUB_11V 1 3 9 FAN4-POW
IC522 IC504 Q501 4 2 10 FAN4-PROT
M FAN
AUDIO PROSSESOR AMP VS BIAS SW_9V
(IC506,526) FAN2-CTL Q2309,2304
DAC3 4 BUFFER
M-L
56 SC1_IN_L SC1_OUT_L 37 6 7
SDA_E
14 IC2302
SCL_E FAN CONTROL
15
2 M-R SUB_11V 1 3
57 SC1_IN_R SC1_OUT_R 36 2 1
4 2
TO 12C_S
AUS (1/2) FAN3-CTL Q2308,2303
DAC2 5 BUFFER
BOARD Q503,504
12C_SCL
XTAL_IN 71 MUTE IC2303
2 SCL FAN CONTROL
12C_SDA
3 SDA XTAL_OUT 72
X501 Q512 AC_RLY SUB_11V 1 3
18.432MHz BUFFER 4 2
FAN4-CTL Q2307,2302
DAC1 6 BUFFER
12S_DEL_OUT
Q508 LINE_MUTE
12S_DEL_CL
12S_DEL_IN
CLOCK_OUT
BUFFER AD_RST
Q2300,2312
AUDIO_
DVSUP
AD_MUTE
RESET
Q2322, FAN_CTL Q7
2323 DAC0 7 PFC_DET
74 8 9 10 11 21 BUFFER CN2100
Q509 32 PFC_DET
2 AC_RLY 31 AC_RLY
12C_SDA
12C_SCL
IC512 4 SW3 10
Q502
INITIAL MUTE STBY5V
TU32V 44 TU32V
2 3 11 59 13 8 7 18 STBY_5V 41 STBY5V
LAMP_ON Q2392,2393,2395
SCL
SDA
11SM_OUT
11SM_IN
BIT_CLK
LR_CLK
RST
Q505 40 +B_OVP
INITIAL MUTE D5V FAN
LAMP_HV 37 REC_ON
Q510 CONTROL
49 16.5V
A16.5V
IC523 MUTE 6 50 TO
DELAY G BOARD
26 CN6502
ATSA_11V
A0-16 SUB_6.5V 24 SUB6.5V
I/O0-7 ATSC_9V
FWR
21,23,24, 22
FRD
55-50, 27,28,30-32, D5V

47,46 35-40,43-45 22 29 IC2100,2101 15
A5V SUB_11V SUB11V
IC2103 9
D5V
REGULATOR
SW_3.3V ATSC_5V 6 THRU5V
13-15, 12-2,23, 29 24
17-21 25-28,31
WE
DE
SW_2.5V
A0-16 SW_9V 2 SW9V
I/O1-8
1 SW9V
IC524
SRAM
6
5
3
1
6
5
LAMP COVER
SPDIF-
SPDIF+/NC
LAMP_HV
J307
GND
GND
CN2390
CN501
R
L
AUDIO
TO
TO
T1 BOARD
AK BOARD
CN7150/
CVAR/FIX
CN7260
AUDIO
T3 BOARD
OUT
CN7155

( The parts on this board are not supplied individually ) ASU (2/2) (FAN, POWER CONTROL)
26
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
BLOCK DIAGRAM (3)
IC9102 IC9101
IC9000 PAWN TEMP.
LDVS RECEIVER SENSOR
CN9000 38P
IFQE[0-29] RRIN0-9
RA1- RA1+ 2 3 RA1+/- IFQE[0-29] GRIN0-9
BRIN0-9
RB1- RB1+5 6 RB1+/- LRL0-9,LGL0-9,LBL0-9 DIDOUT
RLIN0-9
RC1- RC1+8 9 RC1+/- IFQO[0-29]
GLIN0-9
LRR0-9,LGR0-9,LBR0-9 LRL0-9 IC9401
BLIN0-9 LCD DRIVER L
RCLK1- RCLK1+ 11 12 RCLK1+/-
CN9400
RD1- RD1+ 14 15 RD1+/-
IC 9103 LRR0-9 IC9403
RE1- RE1+ 17 18 RE1+/- LCD DRIVER R
VID_R0-R23 24 VID_R0-R23 29 SIG (0)
IFCLK HS_R
CLKOUT DOTCLK
IFHSYNC
RC4 IFVSYNC
HSIN HS_G RRL0-9 IC9402 6 SIG (23)
HS_B 43 HCK
RC5 VSIN LCD DRIVER L
HCK,VCK,
42 VCK R
HST,VST RRR0-9 IC9404 41 HST
LCD DRIVER R
40 VST
SDAT, 34 VPC
SCLK
DIDOUT 39 RST
IC9100 IC9150 LGL0-9 IC9500
NVM DDR SDRAM LCD DRIVER L
SET3.3V IC9407
RESET CN9500
LGR0-9 IC9502
LCD DRIVER R VID_G0-G23 24 VID_G0-G23 29 SIG (0)
RGL0-9 IC9501 6 SIG (23)
LCD DRIVER L 43 HCK
TO
42 VCK G LCD
DSU BOARD RGR0-9
CN4202 IC9503 41 HST
UNIT
LCD DRIVER R
40 VST
SDAT, 34 PID
SCLK
DIDOUT 39 RST
LBL0-9 IC9600
LCD DRIVER L SET3.3V IC9505
RESET
CN9600
IC9001 IC9253 LBR0-9R IC9602
PAWN PAWN LCD DRIVER R VID_B0-B23 24 VID_B0-B23 29 SIG (0)
RA2- RA2+ 21 22 RA1+/- IFQE[0-29] RRIN0-9
GRIN0-9
RBL0-9 IC9601 6 SIG (23)
RB2- RB2+ 24 25 RB1+/- BRIN0-9 LCD DRIVER L 43 HCK
RRL0-9,RGL0-9,RBL0-9 42 VCK B
RC2- RC2+ 27 28 RC1+/- RLIN0-9 RRR0-9,RGR0-9,RBR0-9 48 RBR0-9
IFQO[0-29]
IFQO[0-29]
GLIN0-9 IC9603 41 HST
RCLK2- RCLK2+ 30 31 RCLK1+/- BLIN0-9 IC9252 LCD DRIVER R
40 VST
RD2- RD2+ 33 34 RD1+/- VS_B SDAT, 34 PID
RE2- RE2+ 36 37 RE1+/- VSOUT
VS_G SCLK 39 RST
VS/HS
VS_B
IFCLK DOTCLK
IFHSYNC
HSIN SET3.3V IC9605
IFVSYNC HCK,VCK,HST,VST RESET
VSIN
IC6903 IC9250 IC9300

NVM DDR SDRAM
WP2 EEPROM
IC6901
CN6901 20P EEPROM
SENS_SCL 3
SENS_SDA 5
WP2 7
SDA_E 8 SDADE_400K
SCLDE_400K
SCL_E 10
SENB 13
SDAT A16.5V CN6900 10P
TO SCLK 14
DSU BOARD SET5V IC6900,6902 1 A16.5V TO
CN7956 SDA1 16
SCLK SET3.3V 4 D6.5V
IC6904,6905 DSU BOARD
IRIS_CTRL 17 SET9V 5 D6.5V CN7954
D1 5V 6
IRIS_GAIN 18 REGULATOR D6.5V
D2 5V
IRIS_FB 19
D6.5V
LVDS_PD 20
CN9050 8P
DUMP + 1 IC9050,5052
DUMP - 2 IRES AMP
HOUT - 3
IRIS HIN - 4
HOUT + 5
Supplied as optics block ass'y for service.
HIN +
DRIVE -
6
7
( The parts on this board are not supplied individually )
IC9051
DRIVE + 8 IRIS
DRIVER
C (LCD DRIVER)
27
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
BLOCK DIAGRAM (4)
IC4300
CCPX
IC4302
CN4000 LPF, VIDEO BUFFER
Q4306, 4317 Q4310 M_YS/C
I_MAIN_C A11 11 IN2A OUT2A 21 AIN5
BUFFER BUFFER 1MY29
LAMP_ON B12 NC OUT2B 20 OUT1Y29
M_CV/Y
I_MAIN_CV A13 Q4305, 4316 8 IN1A OUT1A 25 AIN4
BUFFER
OUT1B 24
Q4309 M_CLPSW
AD4_SEL TO
BUFFER
I_MAIN_R A15 DSU (2/4)
WP 12C_SCL 1MC29 I BOARD
WP B15 SCL 4 OUT1C29
12C_SDA
SDA 3
I_MAIN_B A17
IC4303 1M_CLK CLOCK
LVDS_PD LPF, VIDEO BUFFER OUT1CLK
1M_HS
LVDS_PD B18
Q4304,4314
M_R/V OUT1H
1M_VS IC4305
I_MAIN_G A19 13 IN3A OUT3A 17 AIN3 OUT1V WAVE SHAPER
BUFFER
Q4303,4313 OUT3B 16 M_B/U
SENS_SCL BUFFER 11 IN2A OUT2A 21 AIN2 FIFOCLK_IN 7
SENS_SCL A21 FL4301
TO SENS_SDA Q4302,4312 8 IN1A OUT2B 20 M_G/Y Q4308
SENS_SDA A22 BUFFER AIN1 AOUT1 Q4301 LPF 5 +
ASU BOARD OUT1A 25 BUFFER BUFFER
CN2010 OUT1B 24
12C_SCL DTOCLK_IN 16
SDA_E B25 FL4300
12C_SCL Q4300 Q4307 +
SCL_E B27 AOUT2 LPF 14
BUFFER BUFFER
12C_SCL
SENB 4
12C_SDA IC4200
SENB A28 3
SCLK LVDS RECEIVER
SCLK B28 CN4200
SDAT
SDAT A29 RA 49 1 MRXIN0
IRIS_GAIN
IC4304
15,17,18,
RD35,
IRIS_GAIN A30 IC4002 M_D2Y29
3632
RA+ 50 2 MRXIN0+
SDRAM D2Y29 RB26
BUS SWITCH RB 51 4 MRXIN1
IRIS_CTRL RB+ 52 5 MRXIN1+
IRIS_CTRL A31 SCL 12C_SCL TO
IRIS_FB 2 1 7 MRXIN2
IRIS_FB B31 SDA 12C_SDA QMDV BOARD
20,3943,
6 5 RA16, MRXIN2+
M_D2C29 8
45,46
DQ015 D2C29 RB0, CN7313
3 7 DQ015 DQ015 56 10 MRXCLK
CN7956 RD1 RCLK
SENS_SCL RCLK+ 57 11 MRXCLK+
SENS_SCL 3 Q4006, 4007 M_D2CLK 59 13 MRXIN3
SENS_SDA BIAS D2CLK RD
SENS_SDA 5 M_D2H M_D2CLK 60 14 MRXIN3+
WP2 D2HTIM 31 CLKOUT RD+
WP2 7 M_D2V M_D2H
D2VTIM 21 RD0
12C_SCL M_D2V
SDA_E 8 A011 ADDR 011 14 RD6
12C_SCL PD 3
SCL_E 10 A011, BA0, BA1 BA0
SENB BA0, 1 BA1
SENB 13 D1G07
C BOARD SCLK 14 SCLK SCL Q4009, 4012 12C_SCL_X IC4201
CN6901 SDA LEVEL 12C_SDA_X LVDS RECEIVER
SDAT SHIFT DOML, DQMH DQM CN4201
SDA1 16 WE XWE RA
IRIS_CTRL D1B07 49 1 MRXIN0
15,17,18,
IRIS_CTRL 17 CAS XCAS RD35, 2 MRXIN0+
3632
M_D1Y07 RA+ 50
IRIS_GAIN 18 PAS XRAS RB26 4 MRXIN1
RB 51
IRIS_FB CS XCS RB+ 52 5 MRXIN1+
IRIS_FB 19 TO
LVDS_PD CKE CKE D1R07 7 MRXIN2
20,3943,
LVDS_PD 20 M_D1C07 RA16, RC 54 PD BOARD
45,46
CLK SDCLK RC+ 55 8 MRXIN2+
RB0, CN9502
CN9050 8P M_D1CLK RD1 56 10 MRXCLK
D1CLK RCLK
M_D1H RCLK+ 57 11 MRXCLK+
19,22,
2429
D1HTIM M_D1R07 RD2, 13 MRXIN3
M_D1V RD 59
D1VTIM RC06 14 MRXIN3+
RD+ 60
OSDYS M_D1CLK
31 CLKOUT
217 REFCLK_IN M_D1H
21 RD0
M_D1V PD 3
IC4004
MCLK
14 RD6
CCPM_MUTE 4 1
Q4200
IC4202
RESET
3.3V 2 VCC OUT 1
I2C_I/F TO
5 DSU (4/4)
BOARD
RST/CK TO
6 DSU (2/4)
BOARD

( The parts on this board are not supplied individually ) DSU (1/4) (HDMI IN, CCPX)
28
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
BLOCK DIAGRAM (5)
IC4505 IC4610(1/2)
IFP-1 IFP-2
IC4203
LVDS TRANSMITTER CN4203
IFPR1OUT0 IFPR1 OUT0-9
IMY2-9 DRCY1IN0-7
TA+/- 37 36 TA1- TA1+
IFPR1OUT9
DIYD0-7 DY212-19 DRCY1IN0-7 TB+/-
IFPG1OUT0
34 33 TB1- TB1+
IFPG1 OUT0-9
TC+/- 31 30
TO IFPG1OUT9 TC1- TC1+
IMC2-9
DSU BOARD
(1/4) I DICD0-7
IFPB1OUT0 IFPB1 OUT0-9
TCLK+/-
TD+/-
28 27
25 24
TCLK1- TCLK1+
TD1- TD1+
DRCY2IN0-7 IFPB1OUT9 WP2
CLOCK 1M_CLK DY202-09 DRCY2IN0-7 TE+/- 22 21
CKD1 LVDS_PD TE1- TE1+ TO
1M_HS C BOARD
IHDD
1M_VS IFPR2OUT0 IFPR2 OUT0-9 CN9000
IVDD TA+/- 18 17 TA2- TA2+
IFPR2OUT9
TB+/- 15 14 TB2- TB2+
DRCC1IN0-7 IFPG2OUT0 IFPG2 OUT0-9
DB02-09 DRCC1IN0-7 TC+/- 12 11 TC2- TC2+
IC4503 IFPG2OUT9
FLASH RAM TCLK+/- 9 8 TCLK2- TCLK2+
IFPB2OUT0 IFPB2 OUT0-9
TD+/- 6 5 TD2- TD2+
IFPB2OUT9
TE+/- 1 2 TE2- TE2+
D0_0-31
DRCC2IN0-7
DQ0-31 DQ000-31 DR02-09 DRCC2IN0-7 IC4204
LVDS TRANSMITTER
A0-10, A0_0-10
BA0
AD000-10,
BA1 B0_0,1 BA00,BA01
WE# XWE0
CAS# XCAS0
RAS# XRAS0 D0-7
ROMDQ0-7
CS# XCS0 IC4507
CLK SDCK0
SSON# 8 GPIO6 A0-21
ROMAD0-21
CKCI 7 SSCLK XIN 3
IC4504 WE
WE
FLASH RAM IC4508 ROMCS1
CS1
X4500 OE
79.9918313MHz CLKB 9 OE IC4800 IC4801
DDR DRAM
S1 13 GPIO3
4 XIN
D1_0-31 S0 12
DQ0-31 DQ100-31 CLKD 7 MMD0-63 MMD0-31 D0-7
MMD0-31 DQ0-31 DQ0-7
A0-20
A0-20
IC4506 MMA0-11 MMA0-11 MMA0-11 A0-11
MMBA0,1 MMBA0,1 MMBA0,1 BA0,1 WE
CKBI 7 SSCLK XIN 3 WE
A0-10, A1_0-10 MMDQS0-3 DQS0-3 CS1
AD100-10, SSON# 8 CE
BA0, BA10,BA11 OE
B1_0,1 MMDQM0-3 DM0-3 OE
BA1
WE WE
MWEB WE
IC4604 CAS CAS
WE# XWE1 IC4502 MCASB
RAS RAS
CAS
GPIO0 MRASB RAS
CAS# XCAS1 4 1 4 2
XRST CS CS
RAS# XRAS1 MCSB0 CS
GPIO_INT3 CKE CKE
CS# XCS1 2 MCKE0 CKE
CLK0 CLK0
CLK SDCK1 MCLK0B CK
IC4603 MCLK1B
CLK1 CK0
CK
CLOCK DRIVE CK0
MCLK0
CK1
SSON# 8 MCLK1
SSCLK 7 PNCLCLKIN
CN7954
XIN 3 MMD32-63 16.5V 1 A16.5V
DQ0-31 TO
MMA0-11 A0-11 4
MMBA0,1 BA0,1 SUB 6.5V D6.5V C BOARD
MMDQS4-7 DQS0-3 5 D6.5V CN6900
IC4600 MMDQM4-7 DM0-3
CLOCK SELECT 6 D6.5V
WE
WE
CLKB 9 CAS
X4600 CAS
79.9918313MHz RAS
S1 13 GPIO10 RAS
CS
4 XIN S0 12 GPIO09 CS
IC4615 CKE
CKE
CLKC 1 XTALCLKIN IGXHS CLK1
EXTGXHSOUT CK
3 4 CK1
IC7650 CLKO 7
IGXCK CK
MAIN LVDS RECIVER EXTGXCKOUT
1 6
CN7650 LVDS_PD IC4802
STANDBYX
RE0-5 GA0-7 GPIO11 GPIO7

RESETX
GRA- 1 RA- DDR

GPIO12
RD5,6
GRA+ 2 RA+ RD0-4 GR0-7
GRB- 3 RB- RC4,5
GRB+ 4 RB+ RC0-3 GG0-7
7 RC- RB3-6 MCLK
GRC-
PA2-6 GB0-7 TO
GRC+
GRCLK-
8
10
RC+
RCLK-
PB0-2
7 DSU BOARD
(3/4) IC4601 IFP_V TO
GRCLK+ 11 RCLK+ CLKOUT
GCK
GHS 3 6
1
8 DSU BOARD
(3/4)
GRD- 13 RD- PA1 4 2
GVS S_RESETX RST/CK TO
GRD+
GRE-
14
16
RD+
RE-
PA0
LVDS_PD
8
IC4608
6 DSU BOARD
(1/4)
GRE+ 17 RE+ PD
LVDS_PD
( Supplied as the ASU/DSU block ass'y for service.

The parts on this board are not supplied individually ) DSU (2/4) IFP
29
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
BLOCK DIAGRAM (6)
IC7002(1/2)
SYSTEM CONTROL
TO SUB_Y/C CVY_MAIN
DSU BOARD
(4/4) 3 Q7026,7027,7036
BUFFER
DATA_SLICER_MAIN
Q7028,7029,7037
DATA_SLICER_SUB
BUFFER
IC7701 IC4705
TV MICRO WAVE SHAPER
SUB_Y Q7708,7713
AIN4 FIFOCLK_IN 7
BUFFER
FL7701
Q7701 Q7703 -
+
SUB_C Q7704,7709,7715 AOUT1 LPF 5
AIN5 BUFFER BUFFER
BUFFER
IC4610(2/2) DTOCLK_IN 16
IFP-2 FL7700
D4600 -
Q7700 Q7702 +
Q4600 AOUT2 LPF 14
GPJ016 BUFFER BUFFER
LED DRIVER
EXTGXBIN0-7 EXTGXBIN0-7
EXTGXGIN0-7 EXTGXGIN0-7
EXTGXRIN0-7 EXTGXRIN0-7
EXTGXAIN0-7 EXTGXAIN0-7
EXTGXCKIN EXTGXCKIN CCPYIN_A0-7

EXTGXHSIN EXTGXHSIN X7950
EXTGXVSIN EXTGXVSIN CCPCIN_A0-7 79.9918313MHz
REFCLK_IN
CCPCKIN-A
CCPCKIN_A
CCPHSIN-A
CCPHSIN_A
CCPVSIN-A
CCPVSIN_A
IC7551
SWITCH
EXTGXCKIN CCPYIN_A0-7 CCPYIN_A0-7

OGPX_CK OPC_GE0-7 OUTIY2-9
EXTGXHSIN
OGPX_HS CCPCIN_A0-7 CCPCIN_A0-7
EXTGXVSIN OPC_BE0-7 OUT1C2-9
OGPX_VS
EXTGXAIN0-7 CCPCKIN-A CCPCKIN-A

OGPX_A0-7 OPC_CK OUT1CLK
CCPHSIN-A CCPHSIN-A OUT1H
OPC_HS
EXTGXRIN0-7 CCPVSIN-A CCPVSIN-A
OGPX_R0-7 OPC_VS OUT1V
EXTGXGIN0-7
OGPX_G0-7
OSD_R5-7
EXTGXBIN0-7 D_B0-3
OGPX_B0-7 OSD_G5-7
IGPX0_R5-7 D_G0-3
OSD_R5-7,OSD_G5-7,OSD_B5-7 OSD_B5-7
IGPX0_G5-7 D_B0-3
OSD_HS IGPX0_B5-7
OEX_HS
OSD_YS OSD_YS
IGPXO_HS IGPX0_A7 YS_OUT
OSD_VS OSD_YM OSD_YM
OEX_VS IGPX0_A6 YM_OUT
IGPXO_VS REO0-7,RO0-7
DOT_CLK_I REO0-7,RO0-7 TO OSD_HS
OEX_CK
IGPXO_CK GEO0-7,GO0-7
GEO0-7,GO0-7
BEO0-7,BO0-7
2 DSU BOARD
(4/4)
OSD_VS
OSD_H_SYNC
VSYNC
BEO0-7,BO0-7 OSD_CLK_I
DOT_CLK
GA0-7 LVDS_PD
IGPX1_A0-7 O_BUSSW_RST
GR0-7
IGPX1_R0-7 12C_SDA_X
SDA
12C_SCL_X
GG0-7 SCL
IGPX1_G0-7 12C_I/F-S TO
TO GB0-7
IGPX1_B0-7
IEX_HS
IGXHS 9 DSU BOARD
(4/4)
DSU BOARD
(2/4) 7 GCK
IEX_CK
IGNCK
IFPV TO
GHS
IGPX1_CK
IGPX1_HS
8 DSU BOARD
(2/4)
GVS
IGPX1_VS
LVDS_PD
parts on this board are not supplied individually ) DSU (3/4) TVMICRO
( The
30
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
BLOCK DIAGRAM (7)
CN7005
IC7404 IC7002 (2/2) STBY_5V

PCSTBY_LED
2 STBY_5V
SYSTEM CONTROL 3 PCSTBY_LED
A/D CONVERTER TIMER_LED
KEY1 4 TIMER_LED
KEY1 STBY_LED
KEY2 5 STBY_LED
KEY2
CN7400 ILINK_LED POWER_LED
R REO0-7,RO0-7 REC_LED 6 POWER_LED
REC_LED REC_LED
RIN I_KEY1 7 REC_LED TO
G GEO0-7,GO0-7 TO PCSTBY_LED LAMP_ERR_LED
RGB
B
GIN
BIN
BEO0-7,BO0-7
2 DSU BOARD
(3/4)
PCSTBY_LED
O_PICOFF_LED
PICOFF_LED ILINK_LED
8 LAMP_ERR_LED
9 ILINK_LED
H2 BOARD
CN1200
TIMER_LED H1 BOARD
I2C_SDA_X I2C_SDA_X O_TIMER_LED
SDA STBY_LED PICOFF_LED CN1600
O_STBY_LED 12 PICOFF_LED
I2C_SCL_X I2C_SCL_X POWER_LED KEY1
8 PC IN SCL O_POWER_LED 13 KEY1
LAMP_ERR_LED KEY2
LAMP_ERR_LED 14 KEY2
IC7405
J7400 EEPROM
AUDIO SDA_X Q7025 SIRCS
SDA I_SIRCS
BUFFER CN7004
SCL_X
SCL
I_POWER_KEY GATE STBY_5V 2 STBY_5V
CN7952 Q7022,7024 Q7002 3 SIRCS TO
L KEY_WAKE H2 BOARD
L 7 NC 4 P_SW
6 R CN1200
R 5 P_ON
RXD_ATSC
TO I_RXD_ATSC
TXD_ATSC
PD BOARD I_TXD_ATSC
CN9504 Y
Y 13 USER_TXD
PB 11 NC USER_TXD
USER_RXD
PR 9 NC USER_RXD
SDA_X Q7004 CN7950
SDATA 4 ATSC_RST ATSC_R
SCL_X O_ATSC_RST 2 R
SCLK 3 ATSC_L
4 L
O_ANT_N MS0
CN7003 MS1 MTU_V
O_ANT_S 7 TU1V TO
PC_R A1 MTU_R
9 TU1R QT BOARD
PC_L A2 MTU_R CN7901
ATSC_R 10 TU1L
ATSC_R A3
ATSC_L I2C_SDA
ATSC_L A4 IO_SDAT Q7011,7013 I2C_SCL_X
DATA SELECT DETCT LEVEL SHIFT I2C_SCL 13 SCLK
HDMI_R R DATA SELECTER MAIN IO_SCLK I2C_SDA_X
A5 Q7026,7027,7036 14 SDAT
HDMI_L L
A6
Y DATA SELECTDETECT
HDMI_Y A7 DATA SELECTER SUB
MTU_R Q7028,7029,7037
MTU_R A8
MTU_L A9
MTU_L IC7005
MTU_V BUS SWITCH
A10
CVY_MAIN I2C_SDA_X
CVY_MAIN A11 9 8
M-H I2C_SCL_X Q2319 CN7955
TU_H_MAIN A12 11 10 ANT_S
SUB_Y A13
SUB_Y IC7006 ANT_M
1 MS1 MS1 1
SUB_C LB ERROR 3 MS2 MS2 3
I2C_3.3_SDA 00B
SUB_C A14 1 2 ATSC_5V 4 5V 5V 4
S-H SW_5V 2 VCC OUT 1 I_LB_ERROR I2C_3.3_SCL Q2318
TU_H_SUB A15 3 4 ATSC_A9V 5 9V 9V 5 SPLITTER
AFT_SUB TO
AFT_SUB A16 QT BOARD
AD_RST TO MAIN TUNER
AD_RST A17 O_BUS_SW1 5,6,12,13 MAIN
AD_MUTE ASU BOARD SUB
AD_MUTE A18
LINE_MUTE
IC7004 Q7020 SUB TUNER
LINE_MUTE A19 NVM
SIRCS
TO SIRCS A20
USER_RXD DAT 5 IO_BDAT VHF/UHF CABLE
DSU BOARD USER_RXD A21
USER_TXD CLK 6
IC7003
CN2006 IO_BCLK RESET
USER_TXD A22 TRSTX
I2C_SDA WP 7 O_NVM_PR
I2C_SDA A23 I_RESET 4 RST VCC 5 SW_3.3V CN7951
I2C_SCL Q7019
RXD_ATSC
I2C_SCL A24 SA0 8 O_NVM_RST 1 ATSC-XRD TO
Q7021 TXD_ATSC ATSC_XTX
2 QMDV BOARD
ATSC_RST
I2CMSDA1 3 ATSC_RST CN7300
SDA1(IFP_SDA) A26
I2CMSCL1
SCL(IFP_SCL) A27
AC_RLY
AC_RLY A32 POW_CTL
POW_CTL
A36
SW_9V SW_9V AC_RLY Q7015,7017
A37 Q7006,7009
BUFFER
A38
STBY5V B38 STBY5V O_AC_RLY
A39
A41 Q7005,7007,
SW3.3V SW3.3V
B42 7008 I_DOVP
OVP I/F
A45
D5V D5V
B46 LINE MUTE
A49 D_OVP_M O_LMUTE2
ATSC_5V ATSC_5V AD_MUTE
A50 O_AD_MUTE
S-H
I_SUB_HIN
M-H
I_MAIN_HIN
TO SUB Y/C
DSU BOARD
(3/4) 3
TO SYS-CTL
DSU BOARD
(1/4) 4
TO I2C-IF
DSU BOARD
(1/4) 5
TO Supplied as the ASU/DSU block ass'y for service.
DSU BOARD
(3/4) 9 ( The parts on this board are not supplied individually ) DSU (4/4) SYSTEM CONTROL
31
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
BLOCK DIAGRAM (8)

D6205
RECT L6202 L6203 D6217 R6322 CN6501
+
1 LAMP DC
TO LAMP
Q6206,6207 3 LAMP GND
SWITCHING
T6302
- R6302 D6407
IC6301 RECT +
CN6408
SWITCHING REGULATOR 16
1 AUDIO_VCC
TO
Q6203,6205 2 AUDIO_VCC
VSENSE 1 - K BOARD
SWITCHING 4 AUDIO_GND CN2602
15
DRIVE Q6301 5 AUDIO_GND
VG(H) 23 DRIVE D6406 IC6401
IC6203 4 14 SW_9V
CN6502
CONTROLLER VS 22 +9V 2 1 SW9V
IC6202 PH6201 1
REG. 4 2 SW9V
PRE REGULATOR 1 Q6302
VG(L) 20 DRIVE D6408
16 6 THRU5V
13
2 6.5V 9
13 2
| SUB11V
Q6210 2 OCP 16 12 IC6402 15
Q6201
4 +5V THRU_5V
3 D6410 1 2 22 SUB6.5V
7 REG.
1 IC6204 24 SUB6.5V
3 13 D6308 SUBEG11V
SHUNT 6 11 25 SUB6.5V
9 2 REGULATOR VC1 15
26 SUB6.5V
10 D6401
10 FB 2
7 37 REC_ON
14
8 9 TO
Q6212,6213 ASU BOARD
PRI_VCC1
6 9 BUFFER CN2100
Q6204
D6501 16.5V
D6201,6225
Q6202 41 STBY5V
PH6301
Q6219
D6208,6226
Q6209
49 16.5V
DRIVE
THERMOSTAT 50 16.5V
3
THRMO1 1 IC6405 1
IC6201 SHUNT
THRMO2 3 REGULATOR 2
+5V REG. Q6218
+B
VCC 3 OUT VCC 1
SWITCH
(IC6202,6203)
Q6214 D6219
PH6203 43 P-SW(-)
Q6215,6216 Q6303,6304
THRU_5V CTL 2 31 AC_RLY
LATCH LATCH
32 PFC_DET
R6007
Q6208
RY6002
Q6217
Q6201
Q6001 GATE RLYON
RELAY PH6202
DRIVER
RY6001
T6101
D6104
RECT
2
1
D6100 D6105
F6001 L6002 L6003
RECT RECT
+ 8 11 STBY5V
CN6001 CN6018 CN6014
AC (L) 1 2 AC (L) AC (L) 2
AC IN IC6101
AC (N) 2 1 AC (N) AC (N) 1 SWITCHING
REGULATOR 6 10
-
8
7
4
2
D6103
4 3
F (AC LINE FILTER) 3
PH6101
3
1 IC6102
SHUNT
2 REGULATOR
G (POWER SUPPLY)
32
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
BLOCK DIAGRAM (9)
IC2602
RESET
2 VCC RESET 1
IC3006
IC3002 (1/2) PCM/PWM PROCESSOR IC3007
IC2601 BUFFER CLOCK GENERATOR
IC2603 GATE
CN2604 CN3002 5
+3.3V REG. 1 D+3.3V 6
4 4 19 SOFTMUTE XFSDIN 48 4
2 14 A_MUTE A_MUTE 14
1 VIN VOUT 3 SUB 3.3V XMODE X3001
1 6 XMODE M_RST 6 27 INIT 49.1MHz
4 2
CONT
2 IC3004
2 BUS BUFFER
IC2614 SCSHIFT
CN2600 7P Q2602 2 18 22 SCSHIFT
GATE 11 SCSHIFT SCSHIFT 11
5.0V 1 SCDT IC3005
TO 9 SCDT SCDT 9 4 16 21 SCDT
OF_FLAG DIGITAL POWER AMP SPEAKER
ASU BOARD 8 OF_FLAG DF_FLAG 8
SCLTCH 17 23 SCLATCH (L-CH)
CN501 7 SCLTCH KCLATCH 7 3
34 AUDIO L CN3003
AUDIO L AUDIO L
SPDIF- 6 3 DINO DATA(O) 16 5 DIR-DATA LR_DATA 5 6 14 31 DATA OUTL1 11 4 PWM_A OUT_A 33 1 L+
BCK(O) 14 3 BCK BCLK 3 8 12 30 BCK OUTL2 9 6 PWM_B OUT_B 30 2 L-
AUDIO R AUDIO R LPF AUDIO R
CN2603 20P LRCK(O) 15 4 LRCK LRCK 4 7 13 29 LRCK OUTR1 6 14 PWM_C OUT_C 25 3 R+
SP_PROT 7 SP_PROT CKOUT(O) 13 1 CKOUT MCLK 1 9 11 36 XFSDN OUTR2 4 16 PWM_D OUT_D 22 4 R-
A_MUTE 8 25 FLAGL DVF
OF_FLAG 9
OF_FLAG IC2600 24 DVF FLAGR Q3002,3003 SPEAKER
DIGITAL AUDIO 5 /RST_AB
3.3V_SW 10 I/F RECEIVER Q3005,3006 (R-CH)
3.3V_SW 12 AMP_RST AMP_RST 12 15 /RST_CD ZERO VOLTAGE
3 /SD DETECT
TO 12
M_RST 13 48 XMODE
XIN(I) 22
OF_FLAG 11
ASU BOARD SCLTCH 13 SP-PROT SP-PROT 13 13 Q3004
SCLTCH 14 3.3V_SW
CN1 15 3.3V_SW 3.3V_SW 15 PROTECT
AMP_RST 15
IC2612 IC3002 (2/2) IC3001
SCDT XMODE CLOCK OSC GATE +12V REG.
SCDT 17 CN3001
SCSHIFT PS3001
SCSHIFT 18
3 4 +12V 3 VOUT VIN 1 4 PVDD
6 1 IC3003 3 PVDD TO
+3.3V ON OFF CONT G BOARD
+3.3V REG. 2 2 GND
CN6002
1 GND
+1.8V 4 IC3008 5 3 VOUT VIN 1
+1.8V REG.
X2600 ON OFF CONT
24.576MHz 2
AK (DIGITAL AUDIO I/F)

Supplied as the block ass'y for service.
( The parts on this board are not supplied individually ) K (AUDIO AMP)
33
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
BLOCK DIAGRAM (10)
J9504
L
HMDI AUDIO
IN 6
R
IC9506
IC9507 IC9502 AUDIO SWITCH
HDMI RECEIVER 14
AUDIO D/A L1 CN9504
CONVERTER 5
R1 LX 13 7 L
1 15
SDO 84 SDAT L
8
L2 RX 3 6 R
2 2
SCK 86 SCLK R 5 R2
IC9500
VIDEO BUFFER
CN9500 TO
52,51 4 8
D2+/- 1,2 R0X2+/- ANGY 17 Y1IN Y 13 Y ASU BOARD
48,47 6 5
D1+/- 4,5 R0X1+/- ANBPB 20 PB1IN PB 11 PB
CN7952
44,43 2 8
D0+/- 7,9 R0X0+/- ANRPR 14 PR1IN PR 9 PR
HMDI 40,39
CLK+/- 12,13 R0XC+/-
IN 6
IC9509 4 SDATA
32
DDC CLK 15 LEVEL DSCL0
31 3 SCLK
DDC DAT 16 SHIFT DSDA0
IC7005
IC9504 LVD TRANSMITTER CN9502
37,38 TX1OUT3+/-
EDID Y0-7 1,2
CN9501 NVM 39,40 4,5 TX1CLK+/-
C0-7 TO
71,70 41,42
D2+/- 1,2 R1X2+/- 7,8 TX1OUT2+/- DSU BOARD
67,66 R0-7
D1+/- 4,5 R1X1+/- 45,46 10,11 CN4201
TX1OUT1+/-
63,62 47,48
D0+/- 7,9 R1X0+/- 13,14 TX1OUT0+/-
HMDI 59,58
CLK+/- 12,13 R1XC+/-
IN 7
IC9519
30 IC9517
DDC CLK 15 LEVEL DSCL1 SUB SYSTEM CONTROL
29
DDC DAT 16 SHIFT DSDA1
IC9518 20
28 37 IO_SDA_TV
EDID CSCL IO_SCL1 21
27 38 IO_SCL_TV
NVM CSDA IO_SDA1
OSC1 OSC2
9 8
X9501
10MHz
PD ( HDMI RECEIVER ) (
The parts on this board are not supplied individually )
34
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
BLOCK DIAGRAM (11)
S7150
CN7000
CN7952 CN7953 CN7150
2 KEY TO
CD2# B33 3 CD2# LAMP DOOR 1 LAMP_COV TO 3 GND AGU BOARD
MDO2 B32 5 MDO2 DETECTION NC
2 ASU BOARD 1 GND CN8004
D2 A32 6 D2 3 GND CN2390
MDO1 B31 7 MDO1
S7005 S7004 S7002 S7001 S7000 S7003
D1 A31 8 D1
MDO0
D0
B30
A30
9
10
MDO0
D0 T1 (LAMP DOOR DETECTION ) MENU FUNCTION VOLUME+ CHANNEL- CHANNEL+ VOLUME-
MOSTRT B29 11 MOSTRT

A0 A29 13 A0
MOVAL
A1
A2
B28
A28
A27
14
15
17
MOVAL
A1
A2 S7156
H1 (PANEL SWITCH )
INPACK# B26 18 INPACK# CN7156
A26 19 LAMP CONNECTOR 1 LAMP_POS
A3 A3 TO
DETECTION
WAIT# B25 21 WAIT# 2 NC ASU BOARD
A4_CTX A25 22 A4_CTX 3 GND CN2390
RESET B24 23 RESET Q7024
A5_ITX A24 24 A5_ITX G LED DRIVER
A6_ETX
MDI7
A7_QTX
A23
B22
A22
26
27
29
A6_ETX
MDI7
A7_QTX
T3 (LAMP CONNECTOR DETECTION ) TIMER D7024
R Q7023
LED DRIVER
CN7020
MDI6 B21 30 MDI6 Q7022 STBY
LAMP D7023 1 STBY3.3V
A12 A21 31 A12 LED DRIVER +3.3V
4 P_MUTE_LED
MDI5 B20 32 MDI5 3 TIMER_LED
Q7021
MCLKI A20 33 MCLKI 5 LAMP_LED
IC7100 POWER/ G LED DRIVER
MDI4 B19 34 MDI4 STANDBY
D7022 8 POW_LED TO
CN7100 R Q7020 7 LINK_LED
MIVAL A19 35 MIVAL ASU BOARD
2 4 SCL_E LED DRIVER
36 TEMPERATURE CNXXXX
VPP-2 B18 1
VPP-1, 2 SENSOR 3 SDA_E
VPP-1 A18 40 8
TO 1 SET_5V IC7020 1
VCC B17 41 IC7021
OUT 4 9 SIRCS
VCC QT BOARD 2 LEVEL CHANGE
VCC A17 45
Cable CN7903
S1 (LAMP TEMPERATURE )
MDI3 B16 46 MDI3 10 P.ON
Card
IREQ# A16 47 IREQ#
S7020
MDI2 B15 48 MDI2
POWER
WE# A15 49 WE#
MDI1
MCK0
MDI0
B14
A14
B13
50
51
52
MDI1
MCK0
MDI0 IC7120
H2 (SIRCS,LED)
A13 A13 54 A13 CN7120
MISTRT B12 55 MISTRT 2 4 SCL_E TO
TEMPERATURE
A8_CRX A12 56 A8_CRX SENSOR 1 3 SDA_E ASU BOARD
B11 57 8 1 SET_5V CN2303
IOWR# IOWR#
A9_DRX A11 58 A9_DRX
IORD# B10 59 IORD#
A11
VS1#
A10
B9
60
62
A11
VS1#
S2 (LAMP TEMPERATURE )
OE# A9 63 OE#
CE2# B8 64 CE2#
A10 A8 65 A10
MDO7 B7 66 MDO7
CE1# A7 67 CE1#
MDO6 B6 68 MDO6
D7 A6 70 D7
MDO5 B5 71 MDO5
D6 A5 72 D6
MDO4 B4 73 MDO4
D5 A4 74 D5
MDO3 B3 75 MDO3
D4 A3 76 D4
CD1# B2 77 CD1#
D3 A2 78 D3
CN7951
1 VCC TO
2 VCC QT BOARD
5 VPP CN7904
QU (CABLE CARD
CONNECTOR)
35
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
BLOCK DIAGRAM (12)

Supplied as the Q box ass'y for service.
TO MAIN
SPLITTER OOB TU7901 TU7900
OOB TUNER MAIN TUNER
SDA
TUR
TUV
SCL
TUL
VALID
DATA
CLK
CN7901
TU1V 2 TUR
TO TU1R TUR
4
ASU BOARD TUL
TU1L 6
SCL
IC7300
CN7950 SCLK 8 IC7318,7319 ATI,X226/MPEG2,A/V DEC,VIDEO CAPTURE,
SDA NAND FLASH GRAPHIC SCALER,USB I/F,CPU
SDAT 9
IC7900,IC7904
AD0-15
POD I/F CONTROL IC7321
GFX PLL
CN7900 CN7306
TIDO, 8 HD0-7 AD0-7 8 16 AD0-15 11 CN7302
TICLK, AD0-15 IDE_IMRQ HSO 5
TIVAL HSI 2 HS-IN
4 NC
CN7903 HA0,1,HCS_SDA, 6 6 14 VSI 4 VS-IN
HRW_SCL,HIRQ IDE_DMARQ VSO
8 D0-7
D0-7 BOUT02-11 HACK
32 12
VCXO_INA CLK
6 12 A0-11
TO A0-11
QU BOARD 34 8 MDI0-7 VSOUT
CN7953 MDI1-7 TOD
36 4 4
TOCLK TS-FE BUS TVLDA,TSTRTA
38 8 MDO0-7 HSOUT TOVAL
TDAA0,TCLKA
MDO0-7 TOSTART
9
XTALOUT
X7300
26.1621MHz XTALIN
IC5015
DIGITAL
AUDIO QT ( TUNER )
(OPTICAL) CN7312
OUT OUT
PCM/DOLBY
DIGITAL
IC601
i.LINK, LINK/PHY
CN7309
CN702 CN602 CN7305 DATA
TPA2P/N PCI DATA BUS 32 PCI_AD0-31 PCI_AD0-31
32 12SSD_OUTA IC7327 12 AUDIO_LOUT
1 PCI_AD0-31 AD0-31 LRCK AUDIO D/A NC
i.LINK S400 TPB2P/N 12SWS_OUTA 8 AUDIO_ROUT
2 CONVERTER
PCI CNTROL BUS MCK
TS/DV/ GOUT02-11 GIN0-9 12SSDSCK_OUTA
MICROMTV/ 3
HDV 4
CN703 IC7341 IC7342

TPA1P/N 656/601
1 CONVERTER LVDS TRANSMITER CN7313
TS/DV/ TPB1P/N
2 37,38 TX1OUT3+/-
MICROMTV/ 656_Y0-7 601_Y0-7 1,2
HDV 3 39,40 4,5 TX1CLK+/-
IC802 656_C0-7 601_C0-7 TO
4 41,42 DSU BOARD
DV DEC 656_R0-7 601_R0-7 7,8 TX1OUT2+/-
UART1_RX 45,46 10,11 CN4200
TX1OUT1+/-
i.S400 CN704 UART1_RX TXD_P43 47,48
UART1_TX 13,14 TX1OUT0+/-
TPA0P/N UART1_TX RXD_P44
1
TPB0P/N
2 IC7332
i.LINK CN701 CN7308 LVDS TRANSMITER
3 DV656 BUS 9 DV656_D0-7DV656_CLK CN7304
STREAM20-27 TSTRTB0-7 GRAPHICS DATA BUS 18,19 TE+/-
4 DV656_D0-7DV656_CLK R2-9 1,2
20,21 4,5 TD+/-
FAD0-15 G2-9
X2 /FCE0-5 22,23
B2-9 7,8 TCLK+/-
PCM1, NC
X701 DVI2S BUS 3 12S_WS,12S_SD,12S_SCK 24,25 10,11 TC+/-
24.576MHz ABCK, D-
X1 USBNA 28,29
HSDIO_D0-7 ALRCK 13,14 TB+/-
HSDIO BUS 10 D+ 30,31
HSDIO_DVALID STREAM10-17 USBPA
HSDIO_ERROR
IC7331 16,17 TA+/-
12/24 BIT DMUX
CN7311
TO
2 D- HM BOARD
IC7322,7324 IC7323,7325 3 D+
IC703 DRAM-A DRAM-B CN7201
(USB)
QI ( I.LINK ) SDRAM
QMDV ( VIDEO CAPTURE,CPU )
36
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
4-2. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
J303 TO
CONTROL S IN DSU (2/2)
A J301
CONTROL S OUT
TU2100
SUB TUNER
CN2006 CN2010 CN4200

J307 CN2303 CN7003 100P 100P CN4000 14
11P 100P BLK BLK 100P BLK
L
AUDIO
OUT
ASU WHT A1 PC_R PC_R A1 A1 ATSC_9V ATSC_9V A1 1 MRXIN0-
AUDIO 1 MIX5V B1 GND GND B1 B1 GND GND B1 2 MRXIN0+
(VAR/FIX)
R
(AUDIO/VIDEO INPUT SELECT) 2 LOGO CN7955 A2 PC_L PC_L A2 A2 ATSC_11V ATSC_11V A2 3 DRAIN
3 GND 5P B2 GND GND B2 B2 ATSC_11V ATSC_11V B2 4 MRXIN1-
4 SCL 1 MS1 MS1 1 A3 ATSC_R ATSC_R A3 A3 ATSC_11V ATSC_11V A3 5 MRXIN1+
J309
( The parts on this board are not supplied individually ) 5
6
SDA
GND
NC
2
3
GND
MS2
GND
MS2
2
3
B3
A4
GND
ATSC_L
GND
ATSC_L
B3
A4
B3
A4
ATSC_11V
GND
ATSC_11V
GND
B3
A4
6
7
DRAIN
MRXIN2-
7 D5V 4 5V 5V 4 B4 GND GND B4 B4 GND GND B4 8 MRXIN2+
F
SW1
8 SCL CN7100 5 9V 9V 5 A5 HDMI_R HDMI_R A5 A5 GND GND A5 9 DRAIN
B 3 4 9
10
SDA
GND
4P
SCL_E 4 S1 SPLITTER B5
A6
GND
HDMI_L
GND
HDMI_L
B5
A6
B5
A6
GND
TVM_TXD
GND
TVM_TXD
B5
A6
10
11
MRXCLK-
MRXCLK+
S VIDEO 1 2
11 D5V SDA_E 3 B6 GND GND B6 B6 GND GND B6 12 DRAIN
ANBI
CN2
E
SET_5V
2
1 (
TEMPERATURE ) O B A7
B7
A8
HDMI_Y
GND
MTV_R
HDMI_Y
GND
MTU_R
A7
B7
A8
A7
B7
A8
TVM_RXD
GND
IFP_TXD
TVM_RXD
GND
IFP_TXD
A7
B7
A8
13
14
MRXIN3-
MRXIN3+
VIDEO 1
VIDEO
V1
8P CN7120
M C B8 GND GND B8 B8 GND GND B8 CN4201
IN CN2390
STBY3.3V 1 10P 4P A C A9 MTV_L MTU_L A9 A9 IFP_RXD IFP_RXD A9 1 MRXIN0-
L1
RESET 2 WHT SCL_E 4 S2 CN7950 B9 GND GND B9 B9 GND GND B9 2 MRXIN0+
L MD2 3 1 FLAG SDA_E 3 20P A10 MTV_V MTU_V A10 A10 NC STBY_2.5V A10 3 DRAIN
AUDIO
(MONO)
R
R1
FLASH BUSY3
GND
SI0
4
5
6
2
3
4
F_GND
D3.3V
LAMP_ON
A
E
SET_5V
2
1 ( PANEL
TEMPERATURE ) VHF/UHF CABLE
GND
R
GND
1
2
3
B10
A11
B11
GND
CVY_MAIN
GND
CVY_MAIN
GND
GND
B10
A11
B11
B10
A11
B11
GND
I_MAIN_C
GND
GND
I_MAIN_C
GND
B10
A11
B11
4
5
6
MRXIN1-
MRXIN1+
DRAIN
SO0 7 5 LAMP_POWER L 4 A12 TU_H_MAIN TU_H_MAIN A12 A12 GND GND A12 7 MRXIN2-
G
C SCK0 8 6
7
LAMP HV
GND
LOOP ANT CN7150
3P T1
N_C
AFTM
5
6
B12
A13
GND
SUB_Y
GND
SUB_Y
B12
A13
B12
A13
LAMP_ON
I_MAIN_CV
LAMP_ON
I_MAIN_CV
B12
A13
8
9
MRXIN2+
DRAIN
SW2 8 LAMP_COVER LAM_COV 1 TU1V 7 B13 GND GND B13 B13 MUTE MUTE B13 10 MRXCLK-
CN2007
S VIDEO 1
3 4
2
42P
GND
GND
1
2
9
10
GND
NC
NC 2
GND 3 ( LAMP DOOR
DETECTION ) GND
TU1R
GND
8
9
10
A14
B14
A15
SUB_C
GND
TU_H_SUB
SUB_C
TU_H_SUB
GND
A14
B14
A15
A14
B14
A15
GND
MUTE2
I_MAIN_R
GND
MUTE2
I_MAIN_R
A14
B14
A15
11
12
13
MRXCLK+
DRAIN
MRXIN3-
TV_BINT 3 D TU1L 11 B15 GND GND B15 B15 PANEL_ON WP B15 14 MRXIN3+
E_BINT 4 CN7156 GND 12 A16 AFT_SUB AFT_SUB A16 A16 GND GND A16
VIDEO 3 V2
SCL_TV 5 3P T3 SCLK 13 B16 GND GND B16 B16 WP2 WP2 B16 CN7650
21P
VIDEO SDA_TV 6 LAMP_POS 1 SDAT 14 A17 AD_RST AD_RST A17 A17 I_MAIN_B I_MAIN_B A17
IN
L L2
SCL_IFP
SDA_IFP
SCL_DEM_100K
7
8
9
NC 2
GND 3 (
LAMP CONNECTOR
DETECTION ) AGC_MUTE
NC
NC
15
16
17
B17
A18
B18
GND
AD_MUTE
GND
AD_MUTE
GND
GND
B17
A18
B18
B17
A18
B18
ROCK_RESET
GND
LVDS_PD
ROCK_RESET
GND
LVDS_PD
B17
A18
B18
1
2
3
GRA-
GRA+
GND
(MONO)
SDA_DEM_100K 10 CN501 H 18 A19 LINE_MUTE LINE_MUTE A19 A19 I_MAIN_G I_MAIN_G A19 4 GRB-
D AUDIO
R
R2
SCL_DEM_400K
SDA_DEM_400K
11
12
7P
WHT
CN2600
7P
V
GND
19
20
B19
A20
GND
SIRCS
GND
SIRCS
B19
A20
B19
A20
GND
GND
GND
GND
B19
A20
5
6
GRB+
GND
3.3V 13 1 SUB_6.5V 5.0V 1 B20 GND GND B20 B20 NC I_BOOTMODE B20 7 GRC-
KILL_WE 14 2 GND GND 2 A21 USER_RXD USER_RXD A21 A21 SENS_SCL SENS_SCL A21 8 GRC+
J304 TVM_TXD 15 3 11V SUB11V 3 B21 GND GND B21 B21 NC D_1.8V B21 9 GND
5P VG TVM_RXD 16 4 GND GND 4 A22 USER_TXD USER_TXD A22 A22 SENS_SDA SENS_SDA A22 10 GRCLK-
Y
IFP_TXD 17 5 SPDIF+/NC SPDIF+/NC 5 CN7400 DSU B22 GND GND B22 ASU B22 NC D_1.2V B22 DSU 11 GRCLK+
IFP_RXD 18 6 SPDIF- SPDIF- 6 CN2604 CN3002 SPXXX 15P A23 12C_SDA I2C_SDA A23 A23 DE_BUSY NC A23 12 GND
JIG CONNECTOR
VB DEM_TXD 19 7 GND GND 7 15P 15P SPEAKER BLK B23 GND GND B23 B23 GND GND B23 13 GRD-
PB CN3003
DEM_RXD 20 WHT WHT 4P (L-CH) A24 12C_SCL I2C_SCL A24 A24 I_USBCONNECT I_USBCONNECT A24 14 GRD+
5V 21 CN1 CN2603 1 CKOUT MCLK 1 1 L+ B24 GND GND B24 B24 NC NC B24 15 GND
6
1
HD/DVD VR 5V 22 20P 20P 2 GND GND 2 2 L- A25 SYSTEM_RST SYSTEM_RST A25 A25 I_USBDMNS I_USBDMNS A25 16 GRE-
14 13 12 11
PR
7
4 IN TVM_UDP 23 1 GND GND 1 3 BCK BCLK 3 3 R+ B25 GND GND B25 B25 SDA_E SDA_E B25 17 GRE+
2
TVM_UDM 24 2 GND GND 2 AK 4 LRCK LRCK 4 4 R- A26 SDA1(IFP_SDA) SDA1(IFP_SDA) A26 A26 GND GND A26 18 GND
8
E RGB
3
L TVM_VBUS 25 3 SDA_P DAT_D 3 5 DIR-DATA LR_DATA 5 SPXXX B26 GND GND B26 B26 GND GND B26 19 GND
DIGITAL
( )
L
SPEAKER
9
NC 26 4 SCL_P SLK_D 4 6 XMODE M_RST 6 A27 SCL(IFP_SCL) SCL(IFP_SCL) A27 A27 I_USBDPLS I_USBDPLS A27 20 GND
4
(R-CH) 8 PC IN
AUDIO IFP_UDP 27 5 CH_M/S_SW CH_M/S_SW 5 7 SCLTCH SCLATCH1 7 B27 GND GND B27 B27 SCL_E SCL_E B27 21 GND
AUDIO K
10
IFP_UDM 28 6 CH_IIC_SW CH_IIC_SW 6 8 OF_FLAG OF_FLAG 8 A28 +B-INT B-INT A28 A28 SENB SENB_D A28
5
R
15
R
IFP_VBUS
3.3V
29
30
7
8
SP_PROT
A_MUTE
SP_PROT
A_MUTE
7
8
INTERFACE 9
10
SCDT
GND
SCDT
GND
9
10
(AUDIO AMP) CN3004
XX
B28
A29
GND
JIG_UDM
GND
JIG_UDM
B28
A29
B28
A29
SCLK
SDAT
SCL_D
SDAT_D
B28
A29
CN7002
8P
DEM_UDP 31 9 OVF OF_FLAG 9 11 SCSHIFT SCSHIFT 11 1 GND B29 GND GND B29 B29 GND GND B29 1 STBY3.3V
J310
( )
VG DEM_UDM 32 10 3.3V_SW 3.3V_SW 10 12 AMP_RST AMP_RST 12 Supplied as 2 1.8V J7400 A30 JIG_UDP JIG_UDP A30 A30 IRIS_GAIN IRIS_GAIN A30 2 RESET
Y 5P the block ass'y
DEM_VBUS 33 11 CH_WP CH_WP 11 13 SP_PROT SP_PROT 13 3 3.3V AUDIO B30 GND GND B30 B30 I_UARTTXDP I_UARTTXDP B30 3 MD2
for service.
NC 34 12 CH_RST CH_RST 12 14 A_MUTE A_MUTE 14 The parts 4 12V A31 JIG_VBUS JIG_VBUS A31 A31 IRIS_CTRL IRIS_CTRL A31 4 BUSY 3
VB MD2 35 13 M_RST M_RST 13 15 3.3V_SW 3.3V_SW 15 on this board B31 GND GND B31 B31 IRIS_FB IRIS_FB B31 5 E
PB
P61 36 14 SCLTCH SCLTCH 14 are not supplied CN3001 A32 AC_RLY AC_RLY A32 A32 GND GND A32 6 SI0
RESET 37 15 AMP_RST AMP_RST 15 individually 4P B32 GND GND B32 B32 I_UARTRXDP I_UARTRXDP B32 7 SO0
HD/DVD VR DTT_LOG 38 16 SCLTCH2 SCLTCH2 16 EB3001 1 WHT A33 SET_ON(POW_CTL) SET_ON A33 A33 GND GND A33 8 SCLK0
PR
F 5 IN TU_V_OUT
GND
39
40
17
18
SCDT
SCSHIFT
SCDT
SCSHIFT
17
18 EB3002 1
1
2
GND
GND
CN4600
6P
B33
A34
GND
IFP_VSYNC IFP_VSYNC
GND B33
A34
B33
A34
GND
SW_2.5V
GND
SW_2.5V
B33
A34 CN7401
L GND 41 19 GND GND 19 3 PVDD GND 1 B34 GND GND B34 B34 SW_2.5V SW_2.5V B34 4P
L
GND 42 20 GND GND 20 EB3003 XX 1 4 PVDD TMS 2 A35 STBY_3.3V NC A35 A35 SW_2.5V SW_2.5V A35 1 SCL
AUDIO TDI 3 B35 GND GND B35 B35 SW_2.5V SW_2.5V B35 2 SDA
R TRST 4 A36 SW_9V SW_9V A36 A36 GND GND A36 3 MP
R
CN502 TCK 5 B36 GND GND B36 B36 GND GND B36 4 GND
9P TDO 6 A37 SW_9V SW_9V A37 A37 SW_3.3V SW_3.3V A37
WHT B37 GND GND B37 B37 SW_3.3V SW_3.3V B37 CN7001
1 MCLK A38 STBY5V STBY5V A38 A38 SW_3.3V SW_3.3V A38 XX
2 GND FAN FAN FAN FAN CN7957 1 B38 STBY5V STBY5V B38 B38 SW_3.3V SW_3.3V B38 1 UVCC
3 BCLK A39 STBY5V STBY5V A39 A39 GND GND A39 2 XTRST
4 LRCK CN7958 1 B39 GND GND B39 B39 GND GND B39 3 XRSTIN
CN7052 CN004 5 LR_DATA NC A40 GND GND A40 A40 SW_5V SW_5V A40 4 CINIT
G 1
12P
S SW2
12P
S SW2 1
6
7
M_RST
AMP_RST
CN7959 1 B40
A41
GND
SW3.3V
GND
SW3.3V
B40
A41
B40
A41
SW_5V
GND
SW_5V
GND
B40
A41
5
6
BREAK
ICD3
3 4 2 S2 2 S2 2 2 8 A_MUTE CN7960 1 B41 SW3.3V SW3.3V B41 B41 GND GND B41 7 ICD2
CN7050
3 GND GND 3 9 3.3V_SW CN2301 A42 SW3.3V SW3.3V A42 A42 GND GND A42 8 ICD1
FAN1-PROT
FAN2-PROT
FAN3-PROT
FAN4-PROT
FAN5-PROT
CN2304
FAN1-POW
FAN2-POW
FAN3-POW
FAN4-POW
FAN1-POW
FAN2-POW
FAN3-POW
FAN4-POW
FAN5-POW
S VIDEO 1 2 15P
4 C2 C2 4 5P CN7691 1 B42 SW3.3V SW3.3V B42 B42 GND GND B42 9 ICD0
1 CN2008
1 CN2009
1 CN2011
1 CN2012
1 CN2013
1 CN2014
1 CN2018
1 CN2019
1 CN2020
1 CN2015
1 CN2016
1 CN2017
WHT
5 GND GND 5 A43 GND GND A43 A43 SUB_6.5V SUB_6.5V A43 10 ICS2
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
6 Y2 Y2 6 10 CN7692 1 B43 GND GND B43 B43 SUB_6.5V SUB_6.5V B43 11 ICS1
11
12
13
14
15
7 GND GND 7 A44 GND GND A44 A44 SUB_6.5V SUB_6.5V A44 12 ICS0
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
VIDEO 2 J7050
INPUT 8 V2 V2 8 CN7693 1 B44 GND GND B44 B44 SUB_6.5V SUB_6.5V B44 13 GND
VIDEO
9 GND GND 9 A45 D5V D5V A45 A45 SUB_6.5V SUB_6.5V A45 14 ICLK
10 L2 L2 10 CN7694 1 B45 D5V D5V B45 B45 SUB_6.5V SUB_6.5V B45
L 11 GND GND 11 A46 D5V D5V A46 A46 SUB_6.5V SUB_6.5V A46
(MONO) 12 R2 R2 12 CN7695 1 B46 D5V D5V B46 B46 SUB_6.5V SUB_6.5V B46
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
AUDIO A47 GND GND A47 A47 GND GND A47
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
H CN7696 1 B47 GND GND B47 B47 GND GND B47

SW9V
SW9V
GND
GND
18V
THRU5V
GND
GND
SUB11V
SUB11V
SUB11V
SUB11V
SUB11V
SUB11V
SUB11V
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
SUB6.5V
GND
SUB6.5V
SUB6.5V
SUB6.5V
GND
GND
GND
GND
AC_RLY
PFC_DET
GND
GND
GND
GND
REC_ON
GND
GND
+B_OVP
STBY5V
GND
P-SW(-)
Tu32V
GND
GND
GND
GND
A16.5V
A16.5V
R CN7051
1P A48 GND GND A48 A48 A16.5V A16.5V A48 CN7000
H3 1 E 1 CN2021 XX CN2100
50P
CN7697 1 B48 GND GND B48 B48 GND GND B48 3P
A49 ATSC_5V ATSC_5V A49 A49 A16.5V A16.5V A49 GND 1
(VIDEO 2 IN) CN7053 1 CN2022 XX CN7698 1 B49 GND GND B49 B49 GND GND B49 KEY 2
1 HP_SW
NC
1 CN2023 XX
A50
B50
ATSC_5V
GND
ATSC_5V
GND
A50
B50
A50
B50
GND
GND
GND
GND
A50
B50
GND 3
H1
2 HP_L (PANEL SWITCH)
3 HP_R CN6502
AUDIO_VCC
AUDIO_VCC
AUDIO GND
AUDIO GND
50P CN6408
PFC_DET
4 GND
SUB6.5V
SUB6.5V
SUB6.5V
SUB6.5V
THRU5V
REC_ON
SUB11V
SUB11V
SUB11V
SUB11V
SUB11V
SUB11V
SUB11V
AC_RLY
+B_OVP
P-SW(-)
STBY5V
5P
A16.5V
A16.5V
BLK
Tu32V
SW9V
SW9V
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
18V
NC
DSU CN7020
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
11P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
CN6015
3P (CCPX/OSD/DRC) ( The parts on this board are not supplied individually ) STBY 5V 1
I CN6001 THERMO1 1 GND 2
10
11
12
13
14
15
2P CN6053 THEARMOSTAT 2 TIMER LED 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
SW_5V
STBY5V
PCSTBY_LED
TIMER_LED
STBY_LED
POWER_LED
REC_LED
LAMP_ERR_LED
ILINK_LED
GND
GND
PICOFF_LED
KEY1
KEY2
GND
GND
STBY_5V
SIRCS
P_SW
P_ON
AC(L) 1 1 E THERMO2 3 P_MUTE LED 4
AC(N) 2 LAMP LED 5
H2
CN7005
F
( SIRCS
)
CN6054
CN6051 1 E
CN6301
E 1
G 15P
CN7004
6P
GND
ILINK LED
6
7
WHT
CN6052
E 1
( AC LINE
FILTER ) CN6018
2P
CN6014
2P
(DTL MODULE POWER SUPPLY) CN6501
3P
1 LAMP DC
POW LED
SIRCS
GND
8
9
10
LED
E 1 1 AC(L) AC(L) 2 2 E P ON 11
2 AC(N) AC(N) 1 3 LAMP GND
J
37
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Cable CARD
INPACK#
MOSTRT
A9_DRX
TO
A8_CRX
IOIS16#
A7_QTX
MISTRT
A4_CTX
A6_ETX
CN7952
MOVAL
MCLKO
A
A5_ITX
IOWR#
WAIT#
RESET
MCLKI
MIVAL
IORD#
MDO2
MDO1
MDO0
VPP-2
VPP-1
IREQ#
MDO7
MDO6
MDO5
MDO4
MDO3
REG#
CD2#
MDI7
MDI6
MDI5
MDI4
MDI3
MDI2
MDI1
MDI0
DSU (1/2)
VS2#
CE2#
CE1#
CD1#
VS1#
PCMCIA CARD
GND
GND
WE#
GND
GND
VCC
VCC
OE#
A12
A13
A11
A10
D2
D1
D0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
A0
A1
A2
A3
B34
A34
B33
A33
B32
A32
B31
A31
B30
A30
B29
A29
B28
A28
B27
A27
B26
A26
B25
A25
B24
A24
B23
A23
B22
A22
B21
A21
B20
A20
B19
A19
B18
A18
B17
A17
B16
A16
B15
A15
B14
A14
B13
A13
B12
A12
B11
A11
B10
A10
B9
A9
B8
A8
B7
A7
B6
A6
B5
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
A2
B1
A1
C (LCD DRIVER) ( TheSupplied as the optics block ass'y for service.
parts on this board are not supplied individually )
QU (CABLE CARD)
RED BLUE
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
CN4202 CN9000 CN9400 CN9600
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
38P 38P 50P 50P
GND
IOIS16#
GND
CD2#
MDO2
D2
MDO1
D1
MDO0
D0
MOSTRT
GND
A0
MOVAL
A1
REG#
A2
INPACK#
A3
GND
WAIT#
A4_CTX
RESET
A5_ITX
VS2#
A6_ETX
MDI7
GND
A7_QTX
MDI6
A12
MDI5
MCLKI
MDI4
MIVAL
VPP-2
VPP-2
VPP-2
VPP-1
VPP-1
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
MDI3
IREQ#
MDI2
WE#
MDI1
MCLKO
MDI0
GND
A13
MISTRT
A8_CRX
IOWR#
A9_DRX
IORD#
A11
GND
VS1#
OE#
CE2#
A10
MDO7
CE1#
MDO6
GND
D7
MDO5
D6
MDO4
D5
MDO3
D4
CD1#
D3
GND
GND
CN9050
VCC
VCC
GND
GND
VPP
BLK BLK GRY GRY 8P
38 LVDSGND LVDSGND 1 50 GND GND 50 1 DUMP + CN7951 CN7953
37 TA1- 2 VCC VCC 5P 80P
RA1- 49 49 2 DUMP -
36 TA1+ RA1+ 3 48 TEST_EN TEST_EN 48 3 HOUT -
B 35
34
LVDSGND
TB1-
LVDSGND
RB1-
4
5
47
46
Tdat
BUSY
Tdat
BUSY
47
46
4
5
HIN -
HOUT +
CN7904 CN7903
33 TB1+ 6 TMON TMON 6 HIN +
INPACK#
RB1+ 45 45
MOSTRT
A9_DRX
A8_CRX
IOIS16#
A7_QTX
MISTRT
A4_CTX
5P 80P
A6_ETX
MOVAL
MCLKO
A5_ITX
IOWR#
WAIT#
RESET
MCLKI
MIVAL
IORD#
MDO2
MDO1
MDO0
VPP-2
VPP-2
VPP-2
VPP-1
VPP-1
IREQ#
MDO7
MDO6
MDO5
MDO4
MDO3
32 LVDSGND 7 7
REG#
LVDSGND 44 GND GND 44 DRIVE -
CD2#
MDI7
MDI6
MDI5
MDI4
MDI3
MDI2
MDI1
MDI0
CD1#
VS2#
VS1#
CE2#
CE1#
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
WE#
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VPP
OE#
A12
A13
A11
A10
D2
D1
D0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
A0
A1
A2
A3
31 TC1- RC1- 8 43 HCK HCK 43 8 DRIVE +
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
30 TC1+ RC1+ 9 42 VCK VCK 42
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
29 LVDSGND LVDSGND 10 41 HST HST 41
28 TCLK1- RCLK1- 11 40 VST VST 40 CN6912
27
26
TCLK1+
LVDSGND
RCLK1+
LVDSGND
12
13
39
38
RST
RGT
RST
RGT
39
38 1 SET_5V
XX
QT ( The parts on this board are not supplied individually ) MAIN TUNER
25 TD1- RD1- 14 37 DWN DWN 37 2 E
ATSC
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
10
10
24 TD1+ RD1+ 15 36 VCC VCC 36 3 SDA_E
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
GND
9V
GND
5V
GND
GND
3.3V
3.3V
GND
2.5V
FE-SDA
FE-SCL
RESET-FE
RESET2099
GND
HA1
GND
HA0
GND
CS0
GND
HRW
GND
HIRQ#
GND
HACK
GND
HD0
GND
HD1
GND
HD2
GND
HD3
GND
HD4
GND
HD5
GND
HD6
GND
HD7
GND
FE-SDATA
GND
FE-SCLK
GND
FE-VAL
GND
FE-SYNC
LVDSGND OOB MAIN
AFT_M
TU1V
GND
TU1R
GND
TU1L
GND
SCL
SDA
AGC_M
23 LVDSGND 16 35 GND GND 35 4 SCL_E
22 TE1- RE1- 17 34 VPC VPC 34 CN7901
C 21
20
TE1+
LVDSGND
RE1+
LVDSGND
18
19
33
32
VCOM
VDMY
VCOM
VDMY
33
32
CN7900
40P
CN7902
10P
10P
:ZH-SIDE
B C
19 LVDSGND LVDSGND 20 31 VCOM VCOM 31
18 TA2- RA2- 21 30 GND GND 30
17 TA2+ RA2+ 22 29 SIG(0) SIG(0) 29
RESET2099
FE-SDATA
RESET-FE
FE-SYNC
LVDSGND
FE-SCLK
16 LVDSGND 23 28 SIG(1) SIG(1) 28 CN7306 D
FE-SDA
FE-SCL
FE-VAL
HIRQ#
HACK
40P
HRW
15 TB2- RB2- 24 27 SIG(2) SIG(2) 27
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
HD0
HD1
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HA1
HA0
CS0
14 TB2+ RB2+ 25 26 SIG(3) SIG(3) 26
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
13 LVDSGND LVDSGND 26 25 SIG(4) SIG(4) 25
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CN9507
12 TC2- RC2- 27 24 SIG(5) SIG(5) 24 # HDMI CN7307
J9504 10P
ZH IN 6
11 TC2+ RC2+ 28 23 SIG(6) SIG(6) 23 2P QM
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
3.3V
3.3V
2.5V
9V
5V
10 LVDSGND LVDSGND 29 22 SIG(7) SIG(7) 22 SPDIF 1
L
VIDEO/AUDIO DEC,
( )(
10
9 TCLK2- RCLK2- 30 21 SIG(8) SIG(8) 21 GND 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
AUDIO Supplied as the Q box ass'y for service.
D
8
7
TCLK2+
LVDSGND
RCLK2+
LVDSGND
31
32
20
19
SIG(9)
SIG(10)
SIG(9)
SIG(10)
20
19
LRCLK
SCLK
3
4
R
IN
VIDEO CAPTURE GRAPHIC SCALER The parts on this board are not supplied individually ) CN7305
80P
CN602
6 TD2- RD2- 33 18 SIG(11) SIG(11) 18 SDAT 5 80P
5 TD2+ RD2+ 34 17 SIG(12) SIG(12) 17 B40 +2.5V +2.5V B40
4 LVDSGND LVDSGND 35 16 SIG(13) SIG(13) 16 CN9505 CN7313 CN7304 A40 +2.5V +2.5V A40
3 TE2- RE- 36 15 SIG(14) SIG(14) 15 9P 14P LVDS OUT CN7308 B39 +2.5V +2.5V B39 CN701
2 TE2+ RE2+ 37 14 SIG(15) SIG(15) 14 SR FI-E14S-R1500 JAE FI-X20S-HF 40P A39 +2.5V +2.5V A39 40P
1 HDMI_ERR GND(HDMI_ERR) 38 13 SIG(16) SIG(16) 13 DEBUG1 1 J9503 TX1OUT0- 14 17 TA- SPARE B20 B38 B38 B20 SPARE
12 SIG(17) SIG(17) 12 DEBUG2 2 # TX1OUT0+ 13 16 TA+ SPARE A20 A38 GND GND A38 A20 SPARE
11 SIG(18) SIG(18) 11 P87 3 DGND 12 15 GND SPARE B19 B37 +5V +5V B37 B19 SPARE
CN7956 CN6901 10 SIG(19) SIG(19) 10 P86 4 TX1OUT1- 11 14 TB- SPARE A19 A37 +5V +5V A37 A19 SPARE
20P 20P 9 SIG(20) SIG(20) 9 P85 5 TX1OUT1+ 10 13 TB+ SPARE B18 B36 B36 B18 SPARE
1 GND GND 1 8 SIG(21) SIG(21) 8 NMI 6 DGND 9 12 GND DV656_CLK A18 A36 A36 A18 DV656_CLK
2 GND GND 2 7 SIG(22) SIG(22) 7 VCC 3.3V 7 TX1OUT2- 8 11 TC- GND B17 B35 +3.3V +3.3V B35 B17 GND
3 SENS_SCL SENS_SCL 3 6 SIG(23) SIG(23) 6 RESET 8 F TX1OUT2+ 7 10 TC+ DV656_D7 A17 A35 +3.3V +3.3V A35 A17 DV656_D7
E 4
5
GND
SENS_SDA
GND
SENS_SDA
4
5
5
4
GND
TOUT
GND
TOUT
5
4
GND 9
PD
DGND
TX1CLK-
6
5
9
8
GND
TCLK-
DV656_D6
DV656_D5
B16
A16
B34
A34
PCI_AD01
PCI_AD00
PCI_AD01
PCI_AD00
B34
A34
B16
A16
DV656_D6
DV656_D5
( HDMI
)
6 GND GND 6 3 VDD VDD 3 CN9500 TX1CLK+ 4 7 TCLK+ DV656_D4 B15 B33 PCI_AD03 PCI_AD03 B33 B15 DV656_D4
7 WP2 WP2 7 2 VDD VDD 2 19P DGND 3 6 GND DV656_D3 A15 A33 PCI_AD02 PCI_AD02 A33 A15 DV656_D3
DSU 8 SDA_E SDA_E 8 1 GND GND 1 HPD 1 RECEIVER TX1OUT3- 2 5 TD- DV656_D2 B14 B32 PCI_AD05 PCI_AD05 B32 B14 DV656_D2
9 GND GND 9 LCD DDC +5V 2 TX1OUT3+ 1 4 TD+ DV656_D1 A14 A32 PCI_AD04 PCI_AD04 A32 A14 DV656_D1
parts on this board are not supplied individually )
on this board are not supplied individually )

10 SCL_E SCL_E 10 E 3 3 GND DV656_D0 B13 B31 PCI_AD07 PCI_AD07 B31 B13 DV656_D0
11 GND GND 11 DDC DAT 4 2 TE- SPARE A13 A31 PCI_AD06 PCI_AD06 A31 A13 SPARE
CN7303
12 GND GND 12 GREEN DDC CLK 5 4P 1 TE+ SPARE B12 B30 PCI_AD08 PCI_AD08 B30 B12 SPARE

13 SENB SENB 13 CN9500 NC 6 BLK SPARE A12 A30 PCI_C/BE0# PCI_C/BE0# A30 A12 SPARE
14 SCLK SCLK 14 50P CEC 7 JIG2 SPARE B11 B29 PCI_AD10 PCI_AD10 B29 B11 SPARE
CN9502 CN7302
15 POW_CTL POW_CTL 15 GRY CLK- 8 14P 3.3VIN 4 I2S_SCK_IN A11 A29 PCI_AD09 PCI_AD09 A29 A11 I2S_SCK_IN
14P
16 SDA1 SDA1 16 50 GND E 9 FI-E14S GND 3 S14B-PHDSS I2S_SD_IN B10 B28 PCI_AD12 PCI_AD12 B28 B10 I2S_SD_IN
17 IRIS_CTRL IRIS_CTRL 17 49 VCC
HDMI
CLK+ 10 14 TX1OUT0- ( SERVICE
ONLY ) RXDB 2 PHD-L I2S_WS_IN A10 A28 PCI_AD11 PCI_AD11 A28 A10 I2S_WS_IN
F 18
19
IRIS_GAIN
IRIS_FB
IRIS_GAIN
IRIS_FB
18
19
48
47
TEST_EN
Tdat
CN6902 1
IN 6
DO-
E
11
12
13
12
TX1OUT0+
DGND
TXDB 1 1
2
GND
H-IN
SPARE
SPARE
B9
A9
B27
A27
PCI_AD14
PCI_AD13
PCI_AD14
PCI_AD13
B27
A27
B9
A9
SPARE
SPARE
20 LVDS_PD LVDS_PD 20 46 BUSY CN6903 1 D0+ 13 11 TX1OUT1- 3 OSDB-OUT SPARE B8 B26 PCI_C/BE1# PCI_C/BE1# B26 B8 SPARE
45 TMON D1- 14 10 TX1OUT1+ 4 VS-IN /RESETARM A8 A26 +3.3V +3.3V A26 A8 /RESETARM
44 GND CN6904 1 E 15 9 DGND 5 GND /RESET_ICES B7 B25 +3.3V +3.3V B25 B7 /RESET_ICES
43 HCK D1+ 16 8 TX1OUT2- 6 GND HSDI_1_SYNC A7 A25 PCI_AD15 PCI_AD15 A25 A7 HSDI_1_SYNC
CN7954
CN6900
10P 42 VCK CN6905 1 D2- 17 7 TX1OUT2+
G 7 OSDG-OUT HSDI_1_CLK B6 B24 PCI_SERR# PCI_SERR# B24 B6 HSDI_1_CLK
10P WHT
( The parts
41 HST E 18 6 DGND 8 YM-OUT HSDI_1_VAL A6 A24 PCI_PAR PCI_PAR A24 A6 HSDI_1_VAL

1 A16.5V A16.5V 1 40 VST CN6906 1 D2+ 19 5 TX1CLK- 9 GND HSDI_1_ERR B5 B23 PCI_PERR# PCI_PERR# B23 B5 HSDI_1_ERR
( The
2 GND GND 2 39 RST 4 TX1CLK+ 10 GND SPARE A5 A23 PCI_STOP# PCI_STOP# A23 A5 SPARE
3 GND GND 3 38 RGT CN6907 1 CN9501
19P
3 DGND 11 OSDR-OUT HSDI_1_D0 B4 B22 PCI_DEVSEL# PCI_DEVSEL# B22 QI B4 HSDI_1_D0
4 D6.5V D6.5V 4 37 DWN 2 TX1OUT3- 12 YS-OUT SPARE A4 A22 PCI_TRDY# PCI_TRDY# A22 A4 SPARE
5 D6.5V D6.5V 5 36 VCC CN6908 1 HPD 19 1 TX1OUT3+ 13 AUD_EMPH B3 B21 PCI_IRDY# PCI_IRDY# B21 (LINK/PHY) B3 AUD_EMPH
6 D6.5V D6.5V 6 35 GND DDC +5V 18 14 HSDI_2_ERR A3 A21 PCI_FRAME# PCI_FRAME# A21 A3 HSDI_2_ERR
G 7
8
GND
GND
GND
GND
7
8
34
33
VPC
VCOM
CN6909 1
DDC DAT
E 17
16 CN9504
CN7309
HSDI_2_VAL
HSDI_2_SYNC
B2
A2
B20
A20
PCI_C/BE2#
PCI_AD16
PCI_C/BE2#
PCI_AD16
B20
A20
B2
A2
HSDI_2_VAL
HSDI_2_SYNC
14P
on this board are not supplied individually )

9 GND GND 9 32 VDMY CN6910 1 DDC CLK 15 12P HSDI_2_D0 B1 B19 PCI_AD17 PCI_AD17 B19 B1 HSDI_2_D0
10 GND GND 10 31 VCOM NC 14 1 9V WHT HSDI_2_CLK A1 A19 PCI_AD18 PCI_AD18 A19 A1 HSDI_2_CLK
30 GND CN6911 1 CEC 13 2 RESET PHD-L B18 +3.3V +3.3V B18
CN7300

29 SIG(0) CLK- 12 3 SCLK 10P 1 GND-PR A18 PCI_AD21 PCI_AD21 A18
28 SIG(1) CN6913 1 E 11 4 SDAT PHD-L 2 HS-OUT B17 PCI_AD19 PCI_AD19 B17
CN7952
14P 27 SIG(2) HDMI CLK+ 10 5 A GND +9V 10 3 PR-OUT A17 PCI_AD22 PCI_AD22 A17
WHT CN6914 1 IN 7 9 CN7312 B16 PCI_AD20 B16
26 SIG(3) DO- 9 6 R +9V 4 VS-OUT PCI_AD20
1 9V 25 SIG(4) E 8 7 L GND 8 5 GND-PB DIGITAL A16 A16
2 RESET 24 SIG(5) CN6915 1 D0+ 7 8 GND GND 7 6 GND-R AUDIO B15 PCI_AD23 PCI_AD23 B15
3 SCL 23 SIG(6) D1- 6 9 PR GND 6 7 PB-OUT (OPTICAL) A15 PCI_AD24 PCI_AD24 A15
4 SDA 22 SIG(7) CN6916 1 E 5 10 GND +5V 5 8 AUDIO_ROUT OUT B14 PCI_C/BE3# PCI_C/BE3# B14
5 AGND 21 SIG(8) D1+ 4 11 PB GND 4 9 GND-Y A14 PCI_AD26 PCI_AD26 A14
H 6
7
R
L
20
19
SIG(9)
SIG(10)
CN6917 1 D2-
E
3
2
12
13
GND
Y
BOX_RST-IN
TV_TXD
3
2
10
11
GND-L
Y-OUT
PCM/
DOLBY
B13
A13
PCI_AD25
PCI_AD28
PCI_AD25
PCI_AD28
B13
A13
8 GND 18 SIG(11) 1 D2+ 1 14 GND TV_RXD 1 12 AUDIO_LOUT DIGITAL B12 PCI_AD27 PCI_AD27 B12
( The parts
9 PR 17 SIG(12) A12 PCI_AD30 PCI_AD30 A12 I.LINK CN704
10 GND 16 SIG(13) B11 PCI_AD29 PCI_AD29 B11
11 PB 15 SIG(14) A11 PCI_REQ1# PCI_REQ1# A11 i.S400
12 GND 14 SIG(15) B10 PCI_AD31 PCI_AD31 B10
13 Y 13 SIG(16) A10 PCI_GNT0# PCI_GNT0# A10 TS/DV/
14 GND 12 SIG(17) B9 +3.3V +3.3V B9 MICROMV/ CN703
11 SIG(18) FLAG 1 CN7204 A9 PCI_GNT1# PCI_GNT1# A9 HDV
10 SIG(19) F_GND 2 MS DUAL CONN CN7201 CN7311 B8 PCI_REQ0# PCI_REQ0# B8
USB MOLEX USB
CN7951 9 SIG(20) A D3.3V 3 GND 1
SERIES B VERTICAL
A8 +3.3V +3.3V A8
1
12P
ATSC_RXD
8
7
SIG(21)
SIG(22)
LAMP_ON
LAMP_POWER
4
5
POWER BS
DATA1
2
3 1 VBUS VBUS 1
B7
A7
PCI_REQ2#
PCI_RESET#
PCI_REQ2#
PCI_RESET#
B7
A7
I.LINK S400
I 2
3
ATSC_TXD
ATSC_RST
6
5
SIG(23)
GND
SUPPLY
MEMORY
DATA0
DATA2
4
5 HM (XS)
2
3
D-
D+
D-
D+
2
3
B6
A6
PCI_GNT2#
PCI_CLKOUT2
PCI_GNT2#
PCI_CLKOUT2
B6
A6
TS/DV/
MICROMV/ CN702
4 GND 4 TOUT BLOCK STICK INS 6 4 GND GND 4 B5 PCI_CLKOUT3 PCI_CLKOUT3 B5 HDV
MEMORY
( )
5 ATSC_5V 3 VDD LAMP DC 1 1 DATA3 7 SHIELD 5 A5 A5
LAMP
6 GND 2 VDD E 2 2 SCLK 8
STICK SHIELD 6 B4 PCI_CLKOUT1 PCI_CLKOUT1 B4
7 GND 1 GND LAMP GND 3 VDD 9 SHIELD 7 A4 A4
8
9
GND
ATSC_11V
GND 10
I/F B3
A3 PCI_INTC# PCI_INTC#
B3
A3
10 ATSC_11V CN7202 CN7203 B2 PCI_INTB# PCI_INTB# B2
11 GND # # A2 PCI_INTA# PCI_INTA# A2
12 ATSC_A9V CASE 1 1 CASE B1 +5V +5V B1
A1 +5V +5V A1
J
38
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
4-3. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION Terminal name of semiconductors in silk screen

printed circuit ( )
Device
*
Printed symbol Terminal name Circuit
Collector
1 Transistor
HM Base Emitter
K Collector
2 Transistor
Base Emitter
H3
AK Cathode
3 Diode
Anode
C Cathode
QI 4 Diode
Anode (NC)
QT
F Cathode
5 Diode
Anode (NC)
Common
6 Diode
Anode Cathode
Common
7 Diode
Anode Cathode
Common
S2 S1 8 Diode
Anode Anode
Common
9 Diode
H1 Anode Anode
Common
0 Diode
Cathode Cathode
H2 G Common
qa Diode
Cathode Cathode
ASU
Anode Cathode
qs Diode Anode Anode
Cathode Anode
T3 PD QM
T1 qd
Transistor
Drain
Source
D D
QU (FET) Gate
Power Supply G G
Block DSU Transistor Source S S

qf Drain
(FET) Gate
4-4. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS Transistor Source

D
G
D
G
qg (FET)
Drain
Gate S S
Note: Reference information Emitter
The parts marked # on schematic diagrams are not mounted. RESISTOR : RN METAL FILM qh Transistor Collector
Base
All capacitors are in F unless otherwise noted. (pF: F) : RC SOLID C1 C2
Capacitors without voltage indication are all 50 V. : FPRD NONFLAMMABLE CARBON qj Transistor
C2 B1 E1
B1 B2
E2 B2 C1
Indication of resistance, which does not have one for rating : FUSE NONFLAMMABLE FUSIBLE E1 E2
electrical power, is as follows. : RW NONFLAMMABLE WIREWOUND C1 B2 E2

qk Transistor C1 C2
E1 B1 C2
Pitch: 5 mm : RS NONFLAMMABLE METAL OXIDE B1 B2
Rating electrical power 1/4 W (CHIP : 1/10 W) : RB NONFLAMMABLE CEMENT C1 B2 E2 E1 E2

ql Transistor
COIL : LF-8L MICRO INDUCTOR E1 B1 C2
All resistors are in ohms. CAPACITOR : TA TANTALUM E1 E2

C1 B2 E2
: nonflammable resistor. : PS STYROL w; Transistor B1 B2
E1 B1 C2
5 : fusible resistor. : PP POLYPROPYLENE
C1
C1(B2)
C2
C2
E2 B1 E1
: internal component. : PT MYLAR wa Transistor B1
C2 C1(B2)
: panel designation, and adjustment for repair. : MPS METALIZED POLYESTER E2 E2
(B2) E1(B2) E2
All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, : MPP METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE B1 E1 E2
ws Transistor B1
unless otherwise noted. : ALB BIPOLAR
C1 C2
C1 C2
: earth-ground. : ALT HIGH TEMPERATURE
(B2)
E2 E1 B1
E1(B2) C2
: earth-chassis. wd Transistor B1
: ALR HIGH RIPPLE C2 C1
C1 C2
All voltages are in V.
Readings are taken with a 10 M digital multimeter.
Discrete semiconductot
Ver.1.5
Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input. Note: The components identified by shading and mark (Chip semiconductors that are not actually used are included.)
Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part
tolerances. number specified.
* : Can not be measured.

Circled numbers are waveform references.
V
: B + bus. Note: Les composants identifies par une trame et une
V : B bus. marque 0 sont critiques pour la securite.
F : Signal path. Ne les remplacer que par une piece portant le
numero specifie.
39
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
(1) Schematic Diagram of AK Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
IC2603
PQ070XZ01ZPH
001:7D
3.3V REG. SUB_3.3
VCC_DET
JL2658
A
C2629
1 2
C2630
3 4 5
AK BOARD
R2718
(DIGITAL AUDIO I/F)

10k 100 0.1
1/10W 16V 16V
C2633
0.47 RN-CP B
R2717 R2715
10V R2716
B 0 3.3k
CHIP 3.3k
1608 1/10W
1/10W C2632
RN-CP RN-CP
100
R2714 C2631 16V
1k 0.1
JL2613 1/10W 16V
B 5.0V 1 RN-CP B SUB_3.3
GND 2
SUB11V 3
3.3V_SW 001:8C
GND 4 JL2657 R2620 C2605
R2621 10k 0.1
SPDIF+/NC 5 0 IC2601 B
R2623 1/10W SN74LVC1G08DCKR 16V
SPDIF- 6 100 RN-CP R2627
JL2606 1/10W 1608
GND 7 RN-CP 100
A VCC
5
1/10W
1
JL2648
CN2600 RN-CP R2619 0 CHIP
B
2
7P FB2605 5%
0uH R2628 001:6H CKOUT 1 CKOUT
GND Y
4
100
1608 1/10W 2 GND
RN-CP R2618 0 CHIP
001:6H BCK 3 BCK
GND 1 R2604 R2617 0 CHIP
JL2615 SUB_3.3 001:6H LRCK 4 LRCK
GND 2 R2696 XX R2616 0 CHIP
001:6H DATA 5 DIR-DATA
C DAT_D 3 JL2605 10k C2692 0.1 R2613 0 CHIP
1/10W 001:4D XMODE 6 XMODE
SLK_D 4 JL2604 RN-CP 16V B 1608 R2612 0 CHIP
001:4D SCLATCH 7 SCLTCH
CH_M/S_SW 5 JL2638 R2726 0 CHIP
R2606 IC2614 001:4D OF_FLAG 8 OF_FLAG
CH_IIC_SW 6 JL2639 FB2602 0 SN74LVC1G08DCKR R2615 0 CHIP
JL2603 0uH 001:4D SCDT 9 SCDT
SP_PROT 7 SP_PROT CHIP
A VCC 10 GND
5
1
JL2602 FB2603 001:8C R2723
A_MUTE 8 R2609 0 CHIP
0uH B 0 SCSHIFT 11 SCSHIFT
2
JL2656 001:4D
OF_FLAG 9 OF_FLAG CHIP
FB2604 GND Y 12 AMP_RST
4
3.3V_SW 10 0uH 001:8C R2608 0 CHIP
JL2637 001:4D SP_PROT 13 SP_PROT
CH_WP 11
JL2640 FB2608 14 A_MUTE
CH_RST 12 R2607 0 CHIP
0uH R2605
JL2601 C2769 XX 001:4B 3.3V_SW 15 3.3V_SW
M_RST 13 XMODE 001:8C 0.1 R2722 0 CHIP
JL2610 FB2609 0uH SCLATCH VCC_DET 001:4A CN2604
SCLTCH 14 16V
001:8C B 15P
JL2600 FB2610 0uH R2727
D2601 WHT
AMP_RST 15
D JL2631 001:8C
1608
XX MAZF04700LS0
SCLTCH2 16 R2643
JL2608 R2601 CHIP 0 0
SCDT 17 SCDT CHIP
JL2609
SCSHIFT 18 SCSHIFT
RESET
5
TP2601
1
R2602 001:8C C2621
GND 19 R2603 0.01
0 R2642 VCC
2
CHIP 0 25V
GND 20 CHIP 470k
R2710 GND NC B
4
1/10W 1608
CN2603 R2728 RN-CP XX R2787
20P XX IC2602 XX
C2675
0.1 R3112N421A-TR-FA
16V RESET DELAY
B
1608 R2638
JL2616 XX R2788
XX
Q2602
E R2639
10 DTC114EUA-T106
R2610 1/10W
47 RN-CP
1/10W SUB_3.3
RN-CP
FB2611
0uH
R2719
0
CHIP
C2757 R2720 R2713 1/10W TP2600

100 0
6.3V 47 RN-CP
CHIP
C2758
0.1 R2724
16V 10k
B 1/10W
F 1608 R2790 1/10W RN-CP 6 5 4
22 C2622
VCC
2Y
IY
5% RN-CP C2760 100 0.1

16V
XOUT(O) 21
DVDD 19
DGND 18
XSTATE(O) 17
DATA(O) 16
LRCK(O) 15
BLK(O) 14
CKOUT(O) 13
XMCK(O) 20
IC2612
AUDIO-(O) 24
EMPHA(O) 23
XIN(I) 22
B
C2761 R2721 1608 SN74LVC2GU04DCKR
GND
0.01 0 R2611
1A
2A
CSFLAG(O) C2762 25V CHIP R2614 1M

0.01 C2763 1/10W
0.1 470 1 2 3
25V RN-CP
10 11 12
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
AGND R2679 1/10W

16V
100 B
F0(O) AVDD RN-CP
R2680
F1(O) LPF(I)
33k
IC2600 R2681
F2(O) VIN(I)
9
4.7k 1/10W
1
VF(O) LC89056W-E R(I)

8
C2768 R2682 C2764

0.1 DVDD(O) DIR 3.3V DVDD
7
1/10W 0.1
2
16V 5.6k 16V

B DGND(O) DGND C2765
6
RN-CP
G 1608
LOCK(O) DIN2(I)
0.1 B
5
16V X2600
BPSYNC(O) DIN1(I) B 24.576MHz
4
1608
ERROR(O) DIN0(I)
3
R2725 C2609 C2608

DO(O) SPDIF(O) 10p 10p
R2645
2
8.2k 50V 50V

0 1/10W
44 DOSEL0(I)
45 DOSEL1(I)
46 CKSEL0(I)
47 CKSEL1(I)
CH
48 XMODE(I)
40 MODE0(I)
41 MODE1(I)
DI(I) DISEL(I) CH
1
CHIP RN-CP 1608

39 XSEL(I)
1608
42 DGND
43 DVDD
37 CE(I)
38 CL(I)
R2789 R2632
0 0
CHIP CHIP JL2619
CKOUT 001:8D
R2765 R2744
0 0 R2636 JL2620
CHIP CHIP LRCK 001:8D
R2764 R2763 R2746 R2745 CHIP 100

1/10W
0 0 0 0 RN-CP
JL2618
H CHIP CHIP CHIP BCK 001:8D
C2766 R2711 JL2617

0.015 100 DATA 001:8D
R2781 R2730 C2767 R2635
0 0 25V 1/10W 100
0.1 1/10W
CHIP CHIP 16V B
RN-CP
B 1608
1608 RN-CP
40
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
(2) Schematic Diagram of F Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
C
A
C6016 C6017 C6019

XX XX XX
B
C6018 D
XX
R6063 R6051 R6057

F6001 1.5M XX XX
CN6001 6.3A 0.5W CN6018
2P 250V RN R6052 R6058 2P
JL6003 FH6002 5% XX XX JL6001
TO
AC IN AC(L) 1 2 AC(L)
120V AC 60Hz
A A R6053 C R6059 G BOARD
AC(N) 2 FH6001 XX 1 AC(N)
R6002 VD6001 C6002 XX C CN6014
1.5M 1 C
JL6002
2
1
2
0.5W 275V C6004 VD6002
JL6004 RN PT B 0.22
250V
PT D
3
4
3
R6001 D
XX L6002 L6003 C6014 C6015
B XX XX
C D
R6054
XX R6060
XX
CAM001 CAM002 R6055
XX R6061
XX
R6056
XX C6005 C6006 R6062
E 1 470p 470p XX
250V 250V
CN6051 B B
E 1
CN6052
D
E 1
CN6053
E 1
CN6054
F BOARD (AC LINE FILTER)

E
41
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
(3) Schematic Diagram of G (1/3) Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
P-SW- 002:15E
FB6001 0uH JL6014
C6002 1 THRMO1
0.01
50V 2 NC
A F JL6015
1608 3 THRMO2
R6005 FB6002 CN6015
3.3 0uH
3P
10W
L6203 L6204 RB
58uH 58uH D6021
MMDL914T1
7 8 7 8 R6006
3.3
6 6 10W
RB
5 10 5 10 RY6001
0.1 R6002
11 11 4.7k R6007
JL6011 1/10W 2.2
3 12 3 12 0.6 RN-CP 5W
TO AC(L) 2 JL6005 2 13 2 13 RLY_ON RF
F BOARD JL6012
001:13H;002:3F
B CN6018 AC(N) 1 1 14 1 14
JL6006
CN6014 Q6001
2P 2SD2114KT146 R6001 C6001 RY6002
15k 0.01 THRU_5V
1/10W 25V 002:13D;002:15B
RN-CP B
1608
D6001 MMDL914T1
AC<L> 003:1C
AC<N> 003:1C C6008
1
0V D6216
PT RM11A 0.6
C6007 C6009
C XX XX -2.2 1 4
STBY5V
002:15E;003:8C
5
6
1
R6254 C6236 C6237 0
22 470p 470p
L6202 2 R6602
143uH
2W
RS
1kV 1kV PH6202 3 470
1/10W C6256
0.01
SL SL
PC123GY2 25V
RN-CP B
12
10
8
7
D6217
L6201
1608 Q6201
Q6207 SF20L60U-4015 JL6008 DTC114EUA-T106
D6205 XX PFC_OUT
2
C6259 2SK3934
C6203
D15XB60
1 (LBS1SONY.Q JL6010 002:4C;002:4G
4700p 102.3
102.3 C6258 450V Q6206
250V C6209 1 PT
F 4700p 2SK3934(LBS1SONY.Q
C6212 450V
250V PT
D6201 F D6208 1
3.4 C6232
RM11A RM11A 450V R6229 3.4 470p
MPS 22 1kV
D C6204 C6210 1/4W
FPRD SL
4700p 4700p
C6201 250V R6226 S C6238
250V 27 R6231 C6231
XX F R6225 1/10W 27 S 470p 470 C6242
F C6211 22 450V
RN-CP 1/10W 1kV
XX 1/4W 470
FPRD 450V
1/10W RN-CP
R6240 R6253 SL
D6225 D6226 D6212 10k
R6232 10k
22 R6215
ERA22-08KFLB ERA22-08KFLB 1/10W 1M
MA113-(TX) RN-CP 2W
1/10W
RS CHIP
JL6013
JL6007 Mount Mecha A6009 408175931 D6205<1>
PRI_GND 001:12H;002:4F;
R6224 D6213 D6214 D6215 JL6009 002:4H;003:3C
0.05 MA113-(TX) UMZ16NT106 UMZ16NT106 C6207
GND_3 5W PRI_GND 0.01
RB
GND_3 50V
B
2012
R6255
E R6223
0.05 1M
5W 1/10W
RB CHIP
Mount Mecha A6002 234571901 Q6206-Q6207-TH6201<1>
C6235
0.01
PRI_GND 50V
B
2012
R6201
1M
1/10W
CHIP
F 5%
IC6201 Mount Mecha A6003 408720621 D6217<1>
PQ12DZ5UJ00H
C6260
GND
OUT
VCC
CTL
NC
PRI_GND 0.01
50V
5 4 3 2 1 B
2012
0 12.0 19.7
C6252 PRI_VCC1 002:3F
R6276 0.01 R6292
47k R6287 25V
C6228 10k 10
1/10W B 1/4W
10 R6295 RN-CP 1/10W Q6218
50V XX RN-CP 1608 FPRD 19.8
2SB1122-ST-TD-E
G 6.0 19.7 R6291 PRI_VCC 003:1B
12.0 R6289 10k
TH6201 R6250 C6248 10k 1/10W R6294
100k 47 1/10W RN-CP 19.8 10k
1/10W 25V 19.7 Q6216 RN-CP 19.1 1/10W
RN-CP 19.7 -0.6 RN-CP
2SA1576A-T106-QR R6293
-0.9 Q6208 22k
0 C6254 Q6217
C6226 2SA1576A-T106-QR C6253 0.01 1/10W
0.022 100 25V 2SA1576A RN-CP
50V 35V B 19.7
B 1608 -T106-QR
R6210 R6214 2012 R6252 22k D6219 Q6214 PH6203 R6601
R6206 12.0 R6286 R6290
330k 330k 330k 1/10W MA3J142E0LSO DTC114EUA-T106 47k PC123GY2 1k
1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/10W 47k 1/10W
RN RN R6285 1/10W 0.2
RN R6249 R6264 RN-CP 1 RN-CP
R6237 100k 100k 10k RN-CP RLY_ON 001:10B;002:3F
10 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 4
RN-CP R6248 RN-CP
R6205 R6209 R6217 1/4W 100k RN-CP R6263 C6255
330k 330k R6213 1k 1/10W 100k 0
RN 1/4W 330k 1/10W RN-CP 1/10W 0 Q6215 XX
RN R6247 RN-CP JL6016 3 2
1/4W 1/4W RN-CP 2SC4081T106R
RN 100k
H 1/10W R6262
100k
R6204 R6208 R6216 RN-CP
220k 220k R6212 1/10W R6271
1/4W 2.2k R6113 RN-CP PRI_GND 001:11E;002:4F;
1/4W 220k 1/10W R6119 47k
RN RN 1/4W RN-CP 100k 100k 1/10W R6281 C6251 002:4H;003:3C
RN R6114 1/10W 1/10W RN-CP 10k 1
100k RN-CP RN-CP 1/10W
C6219 100 25V
1/10W R6120
RN-CP R6115 R6121 R6122 R6123 R6124
R6603 100k 100k 100k 100k 100k 100k
0 0 Q6205 1/10W
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
CHIP R6220 2SD1621S-TD-E R6233 R6116 RN-CP RN-CP RN-CP RN-CP RN-CP JL6017
10 100k RN-CP Q6213
5.6k 1/4W 2SA1576A-T106-QR
1/10W 1/10W 11.7
FPRD RN-CP R6117
R6222 RN-CP 3.5 100k
22k 3.7 1/10W
1/10W R6118 RN-CP 2SC4081T106R
RN-CP C6215 100k C6239
Q6203 R6234 1/10W Q6211 R6280
1000p 47 1000p
Q6213
50V 2SB1121-S-TD RN-CP 50V 4.7k
1/4W
C6213 B FPRD B R6260 1/10W 1/10W
11.0
100p 1608 1608 10k RN-CP
I 50V
CH
D6210
C6220 R6258 0.6
R6275
R6267 4.7k R6279
1608 BAT54HT1 47k R6266 10k 1/10W
R6219 0.022 50V B 0 4.7k R6288
10.3 1/10W 150k 1/10W RN-CP 1/10W
220k RN-CP
R6278 1/10W
1M RN-CP 1/10W RN-CP RN-CP 10k
11.7
1/10W D6211 RN-CP 1/10W
R6246 R6284 RN-CP
RN-CP BAT54HT1
MM3Z7V5T1
C6222 220 IC6203 C6245 2.2k

8.2k 0.01
25V 3.6 1/10W BA10324AF-E2 50V 1/10W R6297 R6298
D6209
RN-CP B R6269 RN-CP 3.3k 2.2k

2012 1k 1/10W 1/10W
14 13 12 11 10
0 R6236 R6245 0 D6218 RN-CP RN-CP

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
1/10W
1
1.1
1
0.4 11.7 22k 1.5k 2.4 RN-CP MMDL 5% 5% 1

1/10W 1/10W 2.5 PFC_DET
2
2
C6217 3.3 3.7 RN-CP RN-CP 3.0 R6268 914T1 4

2.1 002:15D
3
3
470p 0 IC6202 3.5 11.7 1k 1/10W

4
4
50V 0 UC3854BN 7.4 7.0 R6270 R6272 3 2

R6242 R6235
3.3 1k 10k PH6201
5
5
R6207 R6299 3.1 4.7k 1/10W C6241 7.5 1/10W 10k

0.5 1/10W 1/10W
100k 2.2M 0.01 11.6 PC123GY2
6
9
6
1/10W 3.3 11.7 R6241 50V RN-CP

1/10W RN-CP B 0 5%
22k
7
8
7
J RN-CP 5% 1.9 7.5 1/10W 2012

RN-CP
8
C6234 C6246
0.022
R6218 R6221 C6227 50V C6243 0.01
0.1 B 1000p 50V
15k XX R6239 50V 2012 50V B
1/10W 220k B B
1/10W 2012 0 1608 2012
R6277 1/10W
R6257
Q6210
1k R6265
R6274 1/10W
4.7k RN-CP
2SC4081
RN-CP
R6127 R6230 1/10W 22k

XX 10k T106R 1/10W R6283
1/10W 3.5 RN-CP 220
RN-CP 1/10W
R6259
10
11.6
C6244 RN-CP
10.9 R6126 XX
0 10k
1/10W
0.01
25V
* 2.5
D6206 R6125
2SC4081T106R
B
HA17431PA-TZ
47k 3.3 Q6204 1608
7.4 MMDL 1/10W 3
Q6212
D6204 914T1 RN-CP 2SC4081T106R R6238 1/10W

IC6204
Q6219 0 UDZSTE-177.5B 4.7k RN-CP

K 1
2SK1590-T1B
D6203
MMDL914T1
C6214
XX
0.6
Q6202
DTC114EUA
R6227
2.2k
1/10W
0
R6228
22k
1/10W
RN-CP 0.01
50V
B
R6244
6.8k
C6225 1/10W
RN-CP
RV6201
R6261
100
C6247
4.7
R6282
4.7k
1/10W
2
G (1/3) BOARD
-T106 RN-CP 1/10W
(POWER SUPPLY)
2012 1k 50V RN-CP
S RN-CP
C6206 0.1 50V B 2012
C6208 0.47 16V B 2012
C6221 C6223
R6211 18k 1/10W RN-CP
R6203 150k 1/16W RN-CP 0.5%
C6216
UDZSTE-177.5B
C6249 R6273
R6202 1M 1/10W RN-CP
50V B 2012
R6296 XX
B
C6229 1000p 25V CH
C6233 1500p 50V CH
D6207 0.01 C6218 C6240 C6250

2012
1000p 0.1
1/10W
50V 470p R6256 1k

4.7 1/10W 0.01 : Cannot measure
BAT54HT1 50V 0.01
B
*
C6230 0.047 50V
250V 50V 50V RN-CP 25V

B 10k 25V
B 1/10W B
2012 B
50V B
B 2012 RN-CP 1608

R6251 15k
1608
C6257 XX
C6202 0.047
0.7 0
C6205 0.022
L Q6209
D6202
2SC4081T106R
R6243
10k
1/10W
RN-CP
42
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CN6502
C6433 50P
0.01 BLK
50V 9.0
SW_9V 1 SW9V
2 SW9V
C6431 3 GND
XX
4 GND
18.3
002:11C 18V 5 18V
B R6405 Q6405 001:10B;002:13D THRU_5V
C6432
4.8
6 THRU5V
D6402 XX D6405 XX XX XX 0.01 7 GND
32V 002:15E 50V 8 GND
R6409 F
XX R6421 002:11D SUB_11V 9 SUB11V
XX
C6402 C6430 10 SUB11V
XX C6404 0.01
D6404 XX C6409 50V 11 SUB11V
XX R6408 XX F
XX 1608 12 SUB11V
R6401
XX D6409 13 SUB11V
XX 10.3
14 SUB11V
18V 002:15B
C6403 L6400 15 SUB11V
FB6403 D6403 R6422
XX XX XX XX 16 GND
1.1uH
1 16
D6408 17 GND
FB6401 D10SC6M C6436 C6435
C 001:11D;002:4G PFC_OUT
R6306
2 15 1.1uH C6438
470p
C6407
1500
470p 1500
50V
CH 10V
L6401
10uH JL6020 002:15D
18
19
GND
GND
L6301 R6302 50V 10V
220uH 0.1 470k CH 6.5V 20 GND
1/2W
1/4W 14 C6437 IC6401
C6301 RN 470p JW6402 JW6401 21 GND
0.47 RF 50V PQ09RD21 6.2
450V R6305 CH JL6021 002:11C 6.5V 22 SUB6.5V
VC
D10SC6M
PT IC6301
D
G
C6302 470k 4 13 SUB_11V C6426
I
0.01
D6406
1/4W CXD9841M C6316 C6456 L6402 C6429 23 GND
25V RN FB6301 10uH 002:15C 1 2 3 4 220
MM3Z15VT1 XX 50V 0.01
B C6425 16V JL6023 24 SUB6.5V
1608 D6302 2.2 1.1uH 12 C6439 C6408 XX
50V
470p SW_9V
24
R6303 VSENSE VD C6410 F 25 SUB6.5V
1
3.9 FB6402 470p 50V 1500 10.4
5.6k R6311 XX 9.0 002:15B 1608
F/B Q6301 1.1uH 16V 26 SUB6.5V
2
1/10W 22
2.4 2SK3568(LBS2SONY1Q) 373.4 6 11 C6416 4.1
D10SC6M
RN-CP CT D6309 1/6W C6423 27 GND
3
XX IC6402
D6410
R6343 XX RF C6447 C6414
191.4 M1FM3 191.4 470p 1000
R6310 NC 470p PQ30RV11J00H 28 GND
4
C6306 2.7 FB6404 50V
7 10 50V 16V R6423
XX 1000p RT CH 1.1uH JL6022 R6451 29 GND
5
50V R6307 D6306 1608 C6442 10k XX
23 22 21
CH GND VG(H) 470p 1/10W JL6025 30 GND
6
18k 186.6 UMZ16 C6445
D 1608 1/10W GND VS NT106
R6314 S
8 9
D6401 C6448 470p 50V RN-CP 002:4F AC_RLY
4.7
31 AC_RLY
7
RN-CP 196.8 10k D10SC6M 470p 50V C6455 0.1
BAT54HT1
GND VB 1/10W T6302 50V CH 470p 002:14F 001:12J PFC_DET 32 PFC_DET
8
C6308 RN-CP 2SK3568 1 2 CH 1608 50V
0.1 GND VC AU_VCC 6.4 1 2 3 4 JL6026 33 GND
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
186.6 1608
50V (LBS2SONY1Q)
D6311
B GND 3 C6405 C6443 R6414 C6424 L6407 34 GND
C6413 1.1
2012 C6310 25V C6312 R6315 Q6302 1000 1000 47k
1000 XX JL6024
C6307 GND D6407 D4SBS6 25V 1/10W 10uH 35 GND
0 0.22 B XX 10k C6317 25V RN-CP 10V THRU_5V
10 TIMER 1/10W C6452 36 GND
4.8 RN-CP 470p C6453 C6415 4.8 001:10B;002:15B 4.1 JL6027
50V D6312 470p C6446 470p 002:14F REC_ON
1kV 470p
20 19 18 17
NC VG(L) 50V AU_GND XX C6427 37 REC_ON
M1FS4-4063 4.8 SL C6318 50V CH 50V R6410
SS NC R6312 0.027 CH CH 002:14F 220 38 GND
22 R6318 1608 XX 16V
2.6 1kV 1608 C6449 1608 R6415
C6304 VC1 P-GND 1/6W D6305 0.22 PP C6450 50V 1k R6455 39 GND
4.7 10.7 RF UF4005 S 470p CH 1/10W
20.1 2W 470p R6406 RN-CP 0
50V OCP VC2 RS 50V 1608 4.7 40 +B_OVP
C6311 PKG23 0.5% JL6028 CHIP 4.8
0 0.01 001:13E;003:8C
STBY5V
C6305 25V C6320 1/10W 41 STBY5V
47 R6309 C6313 R6313 XX C6451 RN-CP
C6309 B 47 D6307 R6341 C6454 R6417 42 GND
35V 100 1608 120 1M 470p 2.2k
1000p 25V UMZ16NT106 1/10W 50V 470p 1/10W JL6029 4.8
1/10W
E 50V
B
1608
RN-CP RN-CP
1/10W CH
1608
50V
CH
1608
R6416
1k
RN-CP
0.5%
001:9A P-SW-
002:11B 32V
32.9
43
44
P-SW(-)
Tu32V
16.5V 002:15F 1/10W
L6502 RN-CP 45 GND
C6332 L6501 D6501 R6400 0.5%
100uH XX
R6325 0.01 A 3.3uH S3L20UF4 46 GND
C6503
0 50V 900:4B 1000
CHIP REC_ON 002:15E 47 GND
B 25V
001:11G PRI_VCC1 JL6030 48 GND
R6402 16.3
C6315 D6308 R6316 1k R6403 002:10E 16.5V
R6301 100 1/10W 49 A16.5V
JL6411
JL6410
JL6415
JL6413
JL6412
10
JL6414
R6319 10 10ERB20-TB3 0 C6411
1/4W 35V 1/2W 3.3 RN-CP CHIP 50 A16.5V
1k 4 1 0.01
001:10B;001:13H RLY_ON 1/10W FPRD
10.4 R6450 50V
2.7 RN-CP 002:15D R6404 R6413
R6317 1k
AC_RLY 3 2 1k 0 1/10W
10k PRI_GND CHIP RN-CP
1/10W R6308 9.4 1/10W
2.7 RN-CP 001:11E;001:12H; C6406
1k PH6301 RN-CP 0.047 JL6031 JL6407
002:4H;003:3C 16V R6407 D6416
C6319 Q6304 1/10W PC123GY2 7.5 B 1k R6412 002:11D AU_VCC 1 AUDIO_VCC
0.01 RN-CP 1608 1/10W 15k MM3Z11VT1
2SA1576A-T106-QR 1/10W
F Q6303
25V
B 0
IC6405
3 RN-CP RN-CP
JL6409 JL6408
2
3
AUDIO_VCC
NC
1 R6454
2SC4081T106R MM1431ATT 2.5 R6411 10k 002:11E AU_GND 4 AUDIO_GND
4.7k 1/10W
2 1/10W RN-CP C6417 5 AUDIO_GND
RN-CP 0.01
R6321 D6418 50V
C6314 R6304 10k CN6408
0.01 10k MMDL914T1 F
25V 1/10W 1/10W 1608 5P
B RN-CP
1608 RN-CP
R6322
0.1
G 2 1
1/2W
RF
001:11D;002:4C PFC_OUT
L6302 C6321
100uH 1 JL6032 JL6033
450V 1 LAMP DC
001:11E;001:12H; PRI_GND PT
3 LAMP GND
002:4F;003:3C JL6034 JL6035
CN6501
3P
WHT
3P
Mount Mecha A6004 234989201 Q6301<1>-Q6302<1>
H
R6426
0
Mount Mecha A6006 234989201 D6407<1>
CHIP
Mount Mecha A6005 407730551 D6401-D6406-D6408-D6410<1> R6427

Mount Mecha A6007 217781001 IC6402<1>
0
CHIP
I
Mount Mecha A6008 403343901 IC6401<1>
G (2/3) BOARD
R6428
0
CHIP
(POWER SUPPLY)
43
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
G (3/3) BOARD
AC<L>
001:5C
(POWER SUPPLY)
C6102
4700p
250V D6104
F 10ERB20-TB3
D6100
D2SB60A-F04 001:13G
PRI_VCC
B 156.2 TH6101 R6105
10
C6122 1/4W
R6102 001:11E;001:12H; XX FPRD T6101
1 002:4F;002:4H C6112
1/4W XX
FPRD PRI_GND 1 16
C6101 C6106 C6116 L6101
4700p 22 100 10uH JL6053
250V 450V C6107 R6103 50V 2 15 STBY5V
F 470p 330k C6113
AC<N> 500V D6105 001:13E;002:15E
1/2W 470
001:5C R D1NS6-TR
3 12 16V R6112
D6102 10k
1/10W C6115
ERA22-08KFLB RN-CP 100
4 11 10V
155.7 D6106
155.7 R6111
10ERB20-TB3 6 10 0
8 7 6 5 CHIP
C D6103
8 9
10ERB20-TB3 R6106 R6107
IC6101 2.2 1.5k
C6105 1/4W 1/10W C6114
47p STR-A6169 FPRD
2kV RN-CP 0.1
SL 16.7 16V
C6110 C6109 B
1 2 3 4 XX XX C6108 1.0 1608
3.3
0 1.0 XX
R6108 R6109
C6123 R6104 PH6101 33k
MM3Z5V
D6101
XX 470
220 PC123GY2 1/10W IC6102 1/10W
1/10W
6ST1
RN-CP MM1431ATT RN-CP
RN-CP
3
1
R6101 C6117 C6118 C6119 C6111 2.4
2.2 4.7 2.2 1000p 470p 2
1W 50V 50V 50V 250V
RS B B
D 1608 R6110
10k
1/10W
RN-CP
44
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
(6) Schematic Diagram of HM Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
FB7201 +3.3VD
A R7201
0
JL7201
#
BK1608TS601
IC7203
1/16W R7216 R7217 R7221 +3.3VD
:CHIP C7212 C7213 M24128-BWMN6T(A) 1k 1k 1k
1 0.01 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W FB7203
25V B:CHIP :CHIP :CHIP :CHIP BK1608TS601
TO QM BOARD B:CHIP
VIDEO, AUDIO DEC.
( VIDEO CAPTURE
GRAPHIC SCALER
( C7205
0.01
25V
C7207
0.1
16V
IC7201
XC6204B332MR JL7205
C7215
0.1
C7216
0.01
C7217
1
CN7311 B:CHIP B:CHIP 3.3V LDO # 25V 25V 6.3V
F:CHIP B:CHIP B:CHIP
JL7204 R7223
JL7202
B R7210
33 # JL7203 # 100
1/16W #
:CHIP R7224 100 1/16W :CHIP
R7212
33 R7225 100 1/16W :CHIP
R7228 1/16W +3.3VD
0 :CHIP
:CHIP
R7226 R7227 CN7204

0 0 MS DUAL CONN
C :CHIP :CHIP
R7214 (MEMORY STICK I/F)
1.5k
1/16W
:CHIP R7215 Bk1608HS601
MS_SCLK
C7223
# R7211 1k 1/16W :CHIP
CH:1608 MS_INS
TO
R7209 Bk1608HS601 MEMORY STICK
D C7204
MS_DATA0
6p
CH:CHIP R7202 Bk1608HS601
C7206 MS_BUS
0.01 R7206
L7201 25V 1M
B:CHIP 1/16W
:CHIP
R7204
X7201 100
C7203 48MHz 1/16W
5p
E CH:CHIP D7201 :CHIP
MA153-TX
C7224
JL7206 0.1 D7210
R7234 IC7202 25V L-1503CB/1ID
# 100 90C36LC1B-LF
+3.3VD F:CHIP
CN7202 C7209 :1608 MS-USB
# R7203 1
22k 6.3V R7222
1/16W B:CHIP 150
:CHIP 1/16W
:CHIP
F
C7222
#
CH:1608
+3.3VD
G FB7202
BK1608TS601
R7218
C7218 C7219 C7220 C7221 D7212 4.7k
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 UDZSTE-173.9B 1/10W
25V 25V 25V 25V :1608
F:CHIP F:CHIP F:CHIP F:CHIP
R7230
# R7219
CN7203 :1608 470
H #
D7202
1/10W
:1608
UDZSTE-173.9B
C7214
R7231 C7208 C7210 C7211 #
2.2k 0.01 0.1 4.7 Q7201 B:1608
:CHIP 25V 16V 6.3V 2SB709A-QRS-TX R7229
B:CHIP B:CHIP B:CHIP 1k
VD7201 :CHIP
#
:1608
Q7202
I 2SD601A
45
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
(7) Schematic Diagram of H1 Board
1 2 3 4 5 6
B H1 BOARD (PANEL SWITCH)

R7006
XX
R7007
XX
S7003 S7000 S7001 S7002 S7004 S7005
R7001 R7002 R7003 R7004 R7005

C 470 680
1/10W
1k
1/10W
2.2k 4.7k
1/10W
RN-CP RN-CP RN-CP
0.5% 0.5%
C7000
0.1 CN7000
25V 3P
B WHT
1608
1 GND
2 KEY
3 GND
XX
VDR001 TO A BOARD
D7000 D7001
XX
D
46
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
STBY_RED POWER_GREEN TIMER_GREEN P_MUTE_LED
R
G
R
G
C7025
H2 BOARD D7022
SML-020MVT-T86
0.1
25V
F
1608
D7024
SML-020MVT-T86
B (SIRCS, LED) R7024

220
1/10W
RN-CP
R7025
220
1/10W
RN-CP
R7032
220
1/10W
R7033
XX
1/10W
RN-CP
R7022 5% 5% R7026 RN-CP 5%
R7029 5%
10k Q7020 10k 10k Q7024
1/10W Q7021 1/10W 1/10W Q7023
RN-CP 2SC3052EF-T1-LEF 2SC3052EF-T1-LEF RN-CP RN-CP 2SC3052EF-T1-LEF R7034
5% 5% 5% 2SC3052EF-T1-LEF XX XX
C7022 R7023 C7024 R7027 C7027 R7031 C7028 R7035

0.01 10k 0.01 10k 0.01 10k XX XX
50V 1/10W 50V 1/10W 50V 1/10W 50V 1/10W
F RN-CP F RN-CP F RN-CP F RN-CP
1608 5% 1608 5% 5% 1608 5%
1608
GP1UE26SXKOF
IC7020
D7023
SML-310LTT86
GND
OUT
VCC
C R7036
47 IC7022 R7028
220
1/10W TAR5S33(TE85R) 1/10W R7030
RN-CP RN-CP 10k
R7020 5% 5% 1/10W
1.5k RN-CP
1/10W R7021 5%
RN-CP 0 L7000
Q7022
5% CHIP 10uH 5 4 2SC3052EF-T1-LEF R7039
D7021 C7026
C7020 C7021 10k 0.01
0.1 XX 1/10W 50V
25V 10 RN-CP F
F 5% 1608
1608
C7033
22
10V
C7034 1 2 3
0.1 R7041 C7031
25V 470k 0.1 C7030
F 1/10W 25V 22
1608 RN-CP F 10V
5% 1608 D7026
RD6.2SB-T1
D R7040 C7032 F
D7020 XX
0.01 1608
XX 50V
S7020
D7027
C7023 XX
0.01 D7025
TC7SET32FU(T5RSOJF) 50V RD6.2SB-T1
IC7021 F
1608
1
5
2
C7029
3
0.1
25V
F
1608
E
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
P-ON
GND
SIRCS
POW_LED
ILINK_LED
GND
LAMP LED
P_MUTE_LED
TIMER LED
GND
STBY5V
169591521
CN7020
CN7021
11P
XX
WHT
47
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
1 2 3 4 5
A
CN7050 R7053 R7056 1
6P 220 220 1 E
1/10W 1/10W C7059
RN-CP RN-CP 0.47 CN7051
3 4 5% 5%
3 4
1
1 2 R7060
2
1 2 220 VD7051 1 S_SW2
2
5 6 5%
1
R7065
2 S2_2
XX
R7061 CHIP 3 GND
2
0 1608C7060
D7050 4.7 4 C2
MM3Z10VT1 R7066
1
XX 5 GND
R7062 220 1/10W CHIP
RN-CP 5% 6 Y2
1
R7058 C7061 R7067
220 RN-CP
B 7 GND
2
VD7052 4.7 XX
V 1 1/10W 5% CHIP
R7071
XX 8 V2
1
R7059 R7063
2 C7054 CH R7057 RN-CP
220 5% 220 220
R7072
XX 1608 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 9 GND
2
RN-CP RN-CP VD7053 XX
50V 5% 5%
R7073 10 L2
L 3 R7050 0 2 1 XX
R7054 11 GND
2
1
C7050 R7051 R7064
4 330k C7057 D7051
1
XX 0 1/10W 10 220 12 R2
2
50V CHIP MM3Z10VT1 1/10W
1
RN-CP 50V
2
CH RN-CP CN7052
R 5 1608 2 1 5% 12P
WHT
2
7 R7055
R7075
1
R7052 330k C7058
XX
6 0 1/10W 10
1
CHIP RN-CP 50V
J7050
C7051 C7052
XX XX D7052 R7068 R7074 R7076
50V MM3Z10VT1 XX XX XX XX
XX CH D7053 CHIP
J7051 1608 1608 R7069
3 MM3Z7V5T1 XX
4 CHIP 1 HP_SW
C 5
1
C7056 XX 1608 2 HP_L
2
7 3 HP_R
6
4 GND
C7053 C7055 R7070
XX XX VD7050 VD7054 XX CN7053
50V 50V XX XX CHIP 4P
CH CH 1608 XX
1608 1608
H3 BOARD (VIDEO 2 INPUT)
48
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
(10) Schematic Diagram of QU Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
CN7951
5P
S5B-ZR-SM3A
A
TO
QT
CN7904
CN7953
80-PIN FFC
SIDE-TYPE
C7951 C7953
1 0.1
10V 25V
F:CHIP F:CHIP
B C7952
1
10V
C7954
0.1
25V
CN7952
AMP_1473442-1
F:CHIP F:CHIP PCMCIA CARD
C
TP7950
GND CONTACT
E TO TO
QT Cable Card
CN7903
(CABLE CARD)
G
49
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
(11) Schematic Diagram of S1, S2 Boards
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
A A
S1 BOARD S2 BOARD
(LAMP TEMPERATURE) R7120 (LAMP TEMPERATURE)
XX
R7100
XX
CN7120
R7121 WHT
22 4P
R7101 WHT 1/10W
22 CN7100 RN-CP
1/10W 4P 4 SCL_E
RN-CP R7122
4 SCL_E 22 3 SDA_E
R7102 1/10W
22 3 SDA_E RN-CP 2 E
B 1/10W
RN-CP 2 E
B 1 SET_5V
8
1 SET_5V
7
1
6
7
3
2
C7120 C7121 C7122 C7123
5
3
0.1 1 10p 10p

C7100 C7101 C7102 C7103 25V 10V 50V 50V
4
0.1 1 10p 10p LM75BIM-5/NOPB F B CH CH

25V 10V 50V 50V IC7120 1608 1608 1608 1608
LM75BIM-5/NOPB F B CH CH R7123 R7126
IC7100 1608 1608 1608 1608 0
XX
R7103 R7106 CHIP
XX 0 R7124 R7127
CHIP 0 XX
R7104 R7107 CHIP
0 XX
CHIP R7125 R7128
0 XX
R7105 R7108 CHIP
XX 0
CHIP
C C
50
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
(12) Schematic Diagram of T1, T3 Boards
1 2 3 1 2 3
A A
B B
1 LAMP_COV 1 LAMP_POS
S7150 2 NC S7156 2 NC
T1 BOARD 3 GND
CN7150
T3 BOARD 3 GND
CN7156
C
(LAMP DOOR DETECTION) 3P
WHT
C (LAMP CONNECTOR DETECTION) 3P
51
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
4-5. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
(1) AK Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
AK BOARD SEMICONDUCTOR LOCATION

A
IC
Side A Side B *
IC2600 D-5
IC2601 G-3
IC2602 H-4
IC2603 G-4
IC2612 B-4
B IC2614 G-3
TRANSISTOR
Side A Side B *
Q2602 F-5 2
DIODE
Side A Side B *
D2601 H-3 3
C
*: Refer to Terminal name of semiconductors in silk
screen printed circuit (see page 39)
52
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
(2) F Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
53
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
(3) G Board (Side A)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
G BOARD SEMICONDUCTOR LOCATION
IC DIODE
A Side A Side B * Side A Side B *
IC6101 F-3 F-6 D6001 H-2 3
IC6102 F-2 F-8 D6021 G-2 3
IC6201 F-5 D6100 G-3 G-7
IC6202 F-9 F-1 D6101 F-3 3
IC6203 E-8 D6102 E-3 E-6
IC6204 E-9 E-1 D6103 E-2 E-7
IC6301 B-8 D6104 E-2 E-7
IC6401 D-2 D-7 D6105 D-4 D-6
B IC6402 C-2 C-7 D6106 F-3 F-6
IC6405 B-6 A-4 D6201 H-5 H-5
D6202 F-7 3
TRANSISTOR D6203 F-7 3
Side A Side B * D6204 F-7 3
Q6001 G-2 2 D6205 H-4 H-6
Q6201 E-4 2 D6206 F-8 3
Q6202 F-8 2 D6207 F-8 3
Q6203 G-9 2 D6208 G-4 G-5
C Q6204 F-8 2 D6209 F-8 3
Q6205 G-9 2 D6210 F-9 3
Q6206 H-8 H-2 1 D6211 F-9 3
Q6207 G-8 G-2 1 D6212 G-8 3
Q6208 G-8 2 D6213 H-8 3
Q6209 F-8 2 D6214 H-8 5
Q6210 E-8 2 D6215 G-8 5
Q6211 E-8 2 D6216 G-6 G-4
Q6212 E-8 2 D6217 G-7 G-3
D Q6213 E-8 2 D6218 E-8 3
Q6214 F-4 2 D6219 E-8
Q6215 E-4 2 D6225 G-5 H-5
Q6216 E-4 2 D6226 G-5 G-4
Q6217 E-4 2 D6302 A-8 3
Q6218 E-4 2 D6305 B-8
Q6219 F-8 2 D6306 B-8 5
Q6301 C-8 C-2 1 D6307 B-8 5
Q6302 C-8 C-2 1 D6308 A-7 A-3
E Q6303 B-2 2 D6309 B-8 3
Q6304 B-2 2 D6311 B-8 3
D6312 A-8 3
D6401 A-5 B-5
D6406 C-5 C-5
D6407 D-4 D-6
D6408 C-5 C-5
D6410 B-5 B-5
D6416 A-6 3
F D6418 A-6 3
D6501 A-3 A-7

54
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
(4) G Board (Side B)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
G BOARD SEMICONDUCTOR LOCATION
IC DIODE
A Side A Side B * Side A Side B *
IC6101 F-3 F-6 D6001 H-2 3
IC6102 F-2 F-8 D6021 G-2 3
IC6201 F-5 D6100 G-3 G-7
IC6202 F-9 F-1 D6101 F-3 3
IC6203 E-8 D6102 E-3 E-6
IC6204 E-9 E-1 D6103 E-2 E-7
IC6301 B-8 D6104 E-2 E-7
IC6401 D-2 D-7 D6105 D-4 D-6
B IC6402 C-2 C-7 D6106 F-3 F-6
IC6405 B-6 A-4 D6201 H-5 H-5
D6202 F-7 3
TRANSISTOR D6203 F-7 3
Side A Side B * D6204 F-7 3
Q6001 G-2 2 D6205 H-4 H-6
Q6201 E-4 2 D6206 F-8 3
Q6202 F-8 2 D6207 F-8 3
Q6203 G-9 2 D6208 G-4 G-5
C Q6204 F-8 2 D6209 F-8 3
Q6205 G-9 2 D6210 F-9 3
Q6206 H-8 H-2 1 D6211 F-9 3
Q6207 G-8 G-2 1 D6212 G-8 3
Q6208 G-8 2 D6213 H-8 3
Q6209 F-8 2 D6214 H-8 5
Q6210 E-8 2 D6215 G-8 5
Q6211 E-8 2 D6216 G-6 G-4
Q6212 E-8 2 D6217 G-7 G-3
D Q6213 E-8 2 D6218 E-8 3
Q6214 F-4 2 D6219 E-8
Q6215 E-4 2 D6225 G-5 H-5
Q6216 E-4 2 D6226 G-5 G-4
Q6217 E-4 2 D6302 A-8 3
Q6218 E-4 2 D6305 B-8
Q6219 F-8 2 D6306 B-8 5
Q6301 C-8 C-2 1 D6307 B-8 5
Q6302 C-8 C-2 1 D6308 A-7 A-3
E Q6303 B-2 2 D6309 B-8 3
Q6304 B-2 2 D6311 B-8 3
D6312 A-8 3
D6401 A-5 B-5
D6406 C-5 C-5
D6407 D-4 D-6
D6408 C-5 C-5
D6410 B-5 B-5
D6416 A-6 3
F D6418 A-6 3
D6501 A-3 A-7

55
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
(5) HM, H1 Boards
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
56
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
(6) H2, H3 Boards
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
57
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
(7) QU, S1, S2, T1, T3 Boards
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
58
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
4-6. SEMICONDUCTORS
LM75BIM-5/NOPB D2SB60A-F04
D4SBS6
+
~
1 TOP VIEW ~
8 pins
+
MM1431ATT ~
~
TC7SET32FU(TE85L)
DTZ10B
MA113-(TX)
1 MMDL914T1
5 pins RD5.6SB-T1
UDZ-TE-17-3.9B
PQ09RD21J00H UDZ-TE-17-7.5B
ANODE
CATHODE
ERA22-08KFLB
S3L20UF4
PQ30RV11J00H
CATHODE
ANODE
1
4
MM3Z11VT1
MM3Z15VT1
MM3Z7V5T1
2SA1576A-T106-QR RD6.2SB
2SB709A-QRS-TX
2SC1623-L5L6 2
2SC4081-R
2SD2114K
2SD601A-Q
DTC114EU
C 1
2
B
E 1
10ERB20-TB3
D1NS6
UF4005/23
CATHODE
ANODE
1SS226
3
2
1
3
2
1
D10SC6M
12
3
1
2
3
59
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
NOTE: EXPLODED VIEWS

Items with no part number and no Items marked " * " are not stocked since
description are not stocked because they they are seldom required for routine The components identified by shading and
are seldom required for routine service service. Some delay should be anticipated mark ! are critical for safety.
The construction parts of an assembled part when ordering these items. Replace only with part number specified.
are indicated with a collation number in the
remark column.
Les composants identifies par une trame et une
marque ! sont critiques pour la securite.
Ne les remplacer que par une piece portant le
numero specifie.
1. SCREEN, COVERS
15
3 15 8
15
15 15
7
4
6
11 10
#1 9
15
5 15
#1 15
#1 4 15
#1 15 15
#1 15
#1
16
#1
5 15
13
1 #1
14 12 2
15
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
1 A-1153-225-A SCREEN FRM BEZEL (50) ASSY 9 2-633-452-01 BRACKET (50), H1 (R50XBR1)
1 X-1153-224-A SCREEN FRM BEZEL (60) ASSY 9 2-633-472-01 BRACKET (60), H1 (R60XBR1)
2 X-2059-788-1 DOOR ASSY, LAMP
3 2-633-426-01 BOX (L) (60), SPEAKER (R60XBR1) 10 2-633-473-01 H1 BUTON
3 2-633-669-01 BOX (L) (50), SPEAKER (R50XBR1) 11 A-1123-100-A H1 BOARD, COMPLETE
12 2-633-427-01 BOX (R) (60), SPEAKER (R60XBR1)
4 1-826-236-11 LOUDSPEAKER 12 2-633-670-01 BOX (R) (50), SPEAKER (R50XBR1)
5 1-826-237-11 LOUDSPEAKER 13 A-1123-101-A H2 BOARD, COMPLETE
6 2-630-902-11 PLATE (50L), DIFFUSION (R50XBR1)
6 2-630-904-11 PLATE (60L), DIFFUSION (R60XBR1) 14 2-633-425-01 PANEL,H2
7 1-788-162-21 PLATE (50F), DIFFUSION (R50XBR1) 15 2-580-640-01 SCREW, +BVTP2 4X16
16 2-633-437-01 COVER, REAR
7 2-630-905-11 PLATE (60F), DIFFUSION (R60XBR1)
8 A-1153-223-A MIRROR (50) (R50XBR1) #1 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3X12 TYPE2 IT-3
8 A-1146-733-A MIRROR (60) (R60XBR1)
60
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
2. BOTTOM BLOCK-1
Main chassis assembly
59 56
58
57
#1
51
58
58
59
#1
59
54
53 59
59
53
59
The components identified by shading and

mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
52 59 51
Les composants identifies par une trame et une
60 marque ! sont critiques pour la securite.
Ne les remplacer que par une piece portant le
numero specifie.
REF. NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK REF.
NO.
PART NO. DESCRIPTION
REMARK

51 0 8-835-860-11 MOTOR, DC SFF21C/C-NP 57 0 1-787-333-11 D.C. FAN
52 0 1-468-936-12 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK 58 2-580-628-01 SCREW, +BVST 3X6
53 0 8-835-859-11 MOTOR, DC SFF22A/C-NP 59 2-580-640-01 SCREW, +BVTP2 4X16
54 1-576-885-11 THERMOSTAT 60 2-580-654-01 SCREW, +PWTP2 4X16
56 1-791-192-13 CORD, NOISE FILTER WITH POWER
#1 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3X12 TYPE2 IT-3
61
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
3. BOTTOM BLOCK-2
104
105
106
109
#1 107
103 109
102
108
#1 #1 101 #1
109
REF. NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK REF.
NO.
REMARK

101 A-1144-528-A T3 BOARD, COMPLETE 106 A-1127-174-A BLOCK ASSY, OPTICS (R60XBR1)
102 3-252-830-01 SCREW (B3), (+) PWH TAPPING 106 A-1148-155-A BLOCK ASSY, OPTICS (R50XBR1)
103 A-1123-099-A S2 BOARD, COMPLETE 107 1-830-856-11 FLEXIBLE FLAT CABLE
104 2-633-441-01 COVER, FRONT 108 A-1123-096-A T1 BOARD, COMPLETE
105 2-580-602-01 SCREW, +PSW M4X12 109 2-580-640-01 SCREW, +BVTP2 4X16
62
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
4. MAIN CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
166
158 159
156
162
157
166
155
154
166
160
166 164
#1
153 166 161
164
166
151 167
166
152
166
152 #1 166
166 166
166 163
165
REF. NO.
REMARK REF.
NO.
REMARK

151 * A-1073-391-A QU BOARD, COMPLETE 161 A-1152-712-A Q BOX ASSY (R60XBR1)
152 3-682-691-00 NUT, WASHER HEXAGON 161 A-1152-713-A Q BOX ASSY (R50XBR1)
153 8-597-906-00 ANTENNA SWITCHE RFD-SA801 162 A-1152-714-A ASU/DSU ASSY (R60XBR1)
154 A-1123-095-A AK BOARD, COMPLETE 162 A-1152-715-A ASU/DSU ASSY (R50XBR1)
155 A-1138-895-A K BOARD, COMPLETE 163 A-1152-716-A PD BOARD, COMPLETE
156 A-1119-915-A F BOARD, COMPLETE 164 * 3-952-863-11 SPACER, CIRCUIT BOARD

157 A-1123-102-A H3 BOARD, COMPLETE 165 1-830-193-11 CABLE, USB
158 A-1060-186-A HM BOARD, COMPLETE 166 2-580-628-01 SCREW, +BVST 3X6
159 A-1138-898-A G BOARD, COMPLETE 167 2-580-626-01 SCREW, SP 4-4O UNC
160 A-1123-098-A S1 BOARD, COMPLETE
63
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AK

Items marked " * " are not stocked since RESISTORS
The components identified by shading and they are seldom required for routine All resistors are in ohms
mark ! are critial for safety. service. Some delay should be anticipated
Replace only with part number specified. F : nonflammable
when ordering these items.
CAPACITORS
Les composants identifies par une trame et une All variable and adjustable resistors have PF : F
marque ! sont critiques pour la securite. characteristic curve B, unless otherwise
Ne les remplacer que par une piece portant le noted. There are some cases the reference
numero specifie.
number on one board overlaps on the
other board. Therefore, when ordering
When indicating parts by reference number, parts by the reference number, please
please include the board name. include the board name.
REF. NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
REF. NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK

A-1123-095-A AK BOARD, COMPLETE < IC >
**********************
IC2600 8-759-825-15 IC LC89056W-E
IC2601 6-703-046-01 IC SN74LVC1G08DCKR
< CAPACITOR > IC2602 6-702-821-01 IC R3112N421A-TR-FA
IC2603 6-705-403-01 IC PQ070XZ01ZPH
C2605 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 16V IC2612 6-706-056-01 IC SN74LVC2GU04DCKR
C2608 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10pF 0.50PF 50V
C2609 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10pF 0.50PF 50V IC2614 6-703-046-01 IC SN74LVC1G08DCKR
C2621 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V
C2622 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 16V
< TRANSISTOR >
C2629 1-117-681-11 ELECT CHIP 100F 20% 16V
C2630 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 16V Q2602 8-729-907-00 TRANSISTOR DTC114EU
C2631 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 16V
C2632 1-117-681-11 ELECT CHIP 100F 20% 16V
C2633 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47F 10% 10V < RESISTOR >
C2675 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 16V R2601 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
C2757 1-126-206-11 ELECT CHIP 100F 20% 6.3V R2603 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
C2760 1-126-206-11 ELECT CHIP 100F 20% 6.3V R2607 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
C2763 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 16V R2610 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W
C2764 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 16V R2611 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
R2617 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
< CONNECTOR > R2618 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

R2619 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
CN2604 1-819-443-11 HEADER ASEEMBLY FOR PWB 15P R2620 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R2621 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R2623 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
< DIODE >
R2627 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
D2601 8-719-065-68 DIODE MAZF04700LS0 R2628 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R2632 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R2635 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
< FERRITE BEAD > R2636 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
FB2602 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0H R2639 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W

FB2603 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0H R2642 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W
FB2604 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0H R2643 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB2605 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0H R2645 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB2608 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0H R2679 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
FB2609 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0H R2680 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

FB2610 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0H R2681 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
FB2611 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0H R2682 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W
64
Les composants identifies par The components identified by
une trame et une marque ! shading and mark ! are criti- KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
sont critiques pour la securite. cal for safety. RM-Y914 RM-Y914
Ne les remplacer que par une Replace only with part number
piece portant le numero specifie.
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION

specified.
REMARK REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION

AK F G REMARK

R2696 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W < COIL >
R2711 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
L6002 0 1-456-856-21 LINE FILTER COIL
R2713 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W L6003 0 1-456-856-21 LINE FILTER COIL
R2714 1-218-692-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W
R2715 1-218-704-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W
R2716 1-218-704-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W < RESISTOR >
R2717 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R6002 1-240-938-91 METAL 1.5M 5% 0.5W
R2718 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R6063 1-240-938-91 METAL 1.5M 5% 0.5W
R2719 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R2720 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R2721 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 < VARISTOR >
R2722 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
VD600101-804-995-21 VARISTOR
R2723 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 VD600201-804-995-21 VARISTOR
R2724 1-218-716-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W
R2725 1-218-714-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 0.5% 1/10W ***************************************************************
R2726 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R2730 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 A-1138-898-A G BOARD, COMPLETE
*********************
R2744 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R2745 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 * 1-694-592-21 TERMINAL
R2746 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 2-580-594-01 SCREW, +PSW M3X12
R2763 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 * 4-042-408-02 PIN(45), WIRE
R2764 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R2765 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 < CAPACITOR >

R2781 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R2789 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 C6001 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V
R2790 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W C6002 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 50V
C6008 1-165-531-31 MYLAR 1F 10 0V
C6101 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047F 250V
< TEST POINT > C6102 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047F 250V
TP2600 1-535-757-11 CHIP, CHECKER C6105 1-107-974-11 CERAMIC 47pF 5% 2KV

TP2601 1-535-757-11 CHIP, CHECKER C6106 1-100-780-31 ELECT 22F 20% 450V
C6107 1-165-127-11 CERAMIC 470pF 10% 500V
C6111 0 1-119-886-51 CERAMIC 470pF 10% 250V
< VIBRATOR > C6113 1-165-729-31 ELECT 470F 20% 16V
X2600 1-813-049-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL C6114 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 16V
C6115 1-128-526-11 ELECT 100F 20% 25V
************************************************************** C6116 1-107-910-11 ELECT 100F 20% 50V
C6117 1-107-905-11 ELECT 4.7F 20% 50V
A-1119-915-A F BOARD, COMPLETE C6118 1-107-903-11 ELECT 2.2F 20% 50V
********************
C6119 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001F 10% 50V
1-533-223-11 FUSE HOLDER 0A 0V C6202 1-104-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047F 10% 50V
C6203 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047F 250V
C6204 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047F 250V
< CAPACITOR > C6205 1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022F 10% 50V
C6002 0 1-165-531-21 MYLAR 1F 10 0V C6206 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 50V
C6004 0 1-165-529-31 MYLAR 0.22F 10 0V C6207 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 50V
C6005 0 1-119-886-51 CERAMIC 470pF 10% 250V C6208 1-107-823-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47F 10% 16V
C6006 0 1-119-886-51 CERAMIC 470pF 10% 250V C6209 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047F 250V
C6210 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047F 250V
< CONNECTOR > C6212 1-112-024-21 MYLAR 1F 10% 450V

C6213 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100pF 5% 50V
CN6001* 1-580-843-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) C6215 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001F 10% 50V
CN6018* 1-580-843-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) C6216 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 50V
CN6051 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT) C6217 1-162-962-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 10% 50V
CN6052 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
CN6053 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT) C6218 0 1-119-886-51 CERAMIC 470pF 10% 250V
C6219 1-128-526-11 ELECT 100F 20% 25V
CN6054 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT) C6220 1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022F 10% 50V
C6221 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001F 10% 50V
C6222 1-107-889-11 ELECT 220F 20% 25V
< FUSE >
C6223 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 50V
F6001 0 1-576-233-51 FUSE 6.3A 250V C6225 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 50V
C6226 1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022F 10% 50V
C6227 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 50V
C6228 1-107-906-11 ELECT 10F 20% 50V
65
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION
G
REMARK

C6229 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001F 5% 25V C6436 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50V
C6230 1-104-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047F 10% 50V
C6231 1-100-613-81 CERAMIC 470pF 5% 1KV C6437 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50V
C6234 1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022F 10% 50V C6443 1-128-954-11 ELECT 1000F 20% 25V
C6235 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 50V
C6238 1-117-753-11 ELECT(BLOCK) 470F 20% 450V C6447 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50V
C6240 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V
C6242 1-117-753-11 ELECT(BLOCK) 470F 20% 450V C6451 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50V
C6245 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 50V
C6247 1-107-905-11 ELECT 4.7F 20% 50V C6456 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50V
C6248 1-107-888-11 ELECT 47F 20% 25V C6503 1-107-914-11 ELECT 1000F 20% 50V
C6249 1-107-905-11 ELECT 4.7F 20% 50V

C6250 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V < CONNECTOR >
C6251 1-107-902-11 ELECT 1F 20% 50V
C6252 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V CN6014* 1-580-843-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER)
C6253 1-107-910-11 ELECT 100F 20% 50V CN6015* 1-785-701-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 3P
CN6301 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
C6254 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V CN6501* 1-793-660-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 3P
C6256 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V
C6258 1-117-227-11 MYLAR 1F 10% 450V
C6259 1-117-227-11 MYLAR 1F 10% 450V < DIODE >
C6260 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 50V
D6001 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C6301 1-137-639-21 MYLAR 0.47F 10% 450V D6021 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C6302 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V D6100 8-719-077-76 DIODE D2SB60A-F04
C6304 1-107-905-11 ELECT 4.7F 20% 50V D6101 8-719-036-94 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1
C6305 1-107-909-11 ELECT 47F 20% 50V D6102 6-500-849-01 DIODE ERA22-08KFLB
C6306 1-100-831-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001F 2% 50V
D6103 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3
C6307 1-107-906-11 ELECT 10F 20% 50V D6104 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3
C6308 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 50V D6105 8-719-032-12 DIODE D1NS6
C6309 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001F 10% 50V D6106 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3
C6310 1-115-340-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22F 10% 25V D6201 8-719-304-63 DIODE RM11C
C6311 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V
D6202 8-719-056-84 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-7.5B
C6313 1-107-888-11 ELECT 47F 20% 25V D6203 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C6314 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V D6204 8-719-056-84 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-7.5B
C6315 1-107-910-11 ELECT 100F 20% 50V D6205 8-719-054-89 DIODE D15XB60
C6317 1-100-613-81 CERAMIC 470pF 5% 1KV D6206 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C6318 1-100-919-11 FILM 0.027F 3% 1KV
D6207 6-500-137-01 DIODE BAT54HT1
C6319 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V D6208 8-719-304-63 DIODE RM11C
C6321 1-117-227-11 MYLAR 1F 10% 450V D6209 6-500-254-01 DIODE MM3Z7V5T1
C6332 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 50V D6210 6-500-137-01 DIODE BAT54HT1
C6405 1-128-954-11 ELECT 1000F 20% 25V D6211 6-500-137-01 DIODE BAT54HT1
C6406 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047F 10% 16V
D6212 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113-(TX)
C6407 1-137-921-31 ELECT 1500F 20% 10V D6213 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113-(TX)
C6408 1-135-362-31 ELECT 1500F 20% 16V D6214 6-501-043-01 DIODE UMZ16NT106
C6411 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 50V D6215 6-501-043-01 DIODE UMZ16NT106
C6413 1-126-926-11 ELECT 1000F 20% 10V D6216 8-719-304-63 DIODE RM11C
C6414 1-107-884-11 ELECT 1000F 20% 16V
D6217 6-500-407-01 DIODE SF20L60U-4015
C6417 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 50V D6218 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1
C6423 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50V D6219 8-719-059-51 DIODE MA3J142E0LSO
C6429 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 50V
D6302 8-719-082-03 DIODE MM3Z15VT1
C6430 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 50V D6305 8-719-979-64 DIODE UF4005/23
C6435 1-137-921-31 ELECT 1500F 20% 10V D6308 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3
66

specified.

G
REMARK

D6309 8-719-081-67 DIODE M1FM3 Q6205 8-729-807-17 TRANSISTOR 2SD1621-S
D6311 6-500-137-01 DIODE BAT54HT1 Q6206 6-551-336-01 TRANSISTOR 2SK3934(LBS1SONY.Q
D6312 8-719-080-69 DIODE M1FS4-4063 Q6207 6-551-336-01 TRANSISTOR 2SK3934(LBS1SONY.Q
D6401 8-719-510-09 DIODE D10SC6M Q6208 8-729-026-53 TRANSISTOR 2SA1576A-T106-QR
D6406 8-719-510-09 DIODE D10SC6M Q6209 8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR 2SC4081-R
D6407 8-719-060-88 DIODE D4SBS6 Q6210 8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR 2SC4081-R

D6416 6-500-551-01 DIODE MM3Z11VT1 Q6213 8-729-026-53 TRANSISTOR 2SA1576A-T106-QR
D6418 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1 Q6214 8-729-907-00 TRANSISTOR DTC114EU
D6501 8-719-510-73 DIODE S3L20UF4 Q6215 8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR 2SC4081-R

Q6216 8-729-026-53 TRANSISTOR 2SA1576A-T106-QR
Q6217 8-729-026-53 TRANSISTOR 2SA1576A-T106-QR
< FERRITE BEAD > Q6218 8-729-804-41 TRANSISTOR 2SB1122-S
Q6219 8-729-040-89 TRANSISTOR 2SK1590-T1B
FB6001 * 1-469-670-21 FERRITE 0H
FB6002 * 1-469-670-21 FERRITE 0H Q6301 6-551-297-01 TRANSISTOR 2SK3568(LBS1SONY.Q
FB6301 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1H Q6302 6-551-297-01 TRANSISTOR 2SK3568(LBS1SONY.Q
FB6401 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1H Q6303 8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR 2SC4081-R
FB6402 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1H Q6304 8-729-026-53 TRANSISTOR 2SA1576A-T106-QR
FB6403 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1H

FB6404 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1H < RESISTOR >
R6001 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W

< IC > R6002 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R6005 1-202-962-11 CEMENTED 3.3 5% 10W
IC6101 6-600-279-01 IC STR-A6169 R6006 1-202-962-11 CEMENTED 3.3 5% 10W
IC6102 8-759-682-42 IC MM1431ATT R6007 1-217-781-31 FUSIBLE 2.2 5% 5W
IC6201 6-704-924-01 IC PQ12DZ5UJ00H
IC6202 6-703-132-01 IC UC3854BN R6101 1-216-353-00 METAL OXIDE 2.2 5% 1W
IC6203 8-759-058-50 IC XRA10324AF R6102 1-249-381-11 CARBON 1 5% 1/4W
R6103 1-260-129-11 CARBON 330K 5% 1/2W
IC6204 8-759-321-95 IC HA17431PA R6104 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
IC6301 6-706-852-01 IC CXD9841M R6105 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W
IC6401 8-759-653-07 IC PQ09RD21J00H
IC6402 8-759-098-24 IC PQ30RV11J00H R6106 1-249-385-11 CARBON 2.2 5% 1/4W
IC6405 8-759-682-42 IC MM1431ATT R6107 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
R6108 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R6109 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
< COIL > R6110 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W
L6101 1-414-934-21 INDUCTOR 10H R6111 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

L6202 1-416-489-11 INDUCTOR 143H R6112 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W
L6501 1-412-519-11 INDUCTOR 3.3H R6120 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W
R6122 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W
R6123 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W
< PHOTOCOUPLER > R6124 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W
R6125 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
PH610108-749-016-82 PHOTOCOUPLER PC123GY2J00F
PH620108-749-016-82 PHOTOCOUPLER PC123GY2J00F R6201 1-216-121-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
PH620208-749-016-82 PHOTOCOUPLER PC123GY2J00F R6202 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
PH620308-749-016-82 PHOTOCOUPLER PC123GY2J00F R6203 1-218-899-11 METAL CHIP 150K 0.5% 1/16W
PH630108-749-016-82 PHOTOCOUPLER PC123GY2J00F R6204 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4W
R6205 1-245-474-21 METAL 330K 1% 1/4W
< TRANSISTOR > R6206 1-245-474-21 METAL 330K 1% 1/4W

R6207 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W
Q6001 8-729-023-22 TRANSISTOR 2SD2114K R6208 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4W
Q6201 8-729-907-00 TRANSISTOR DTC114EU R6209 1-245-474-21 METAL 330K 1% 1/4W
Q6202 8-729-907-00 TRANSISTOR DTC114EU R6210 1-245-474-21 METAL 330K 1% 1/4W
Q6203 8-729-820-86 TRANSISTOR 2SB1121-ST
Q6204 8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR 2SC4081-R R6211 1-218-877-11 METAL CHIP 18K 0.5% 1/10W
R6212 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4W
67
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION
G
REMARK

R6213 1-245-474-21 METAL 330K 1% 1/4W R6277 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W
R6214 1-245-474-21 METAL 330K 1% 1/4W R6278 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R6215 1-216-121-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W R6279 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R6280 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R6216 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R6281 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R6217 1-218-847-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W
R6218 1-218-875-11 METAL CHIP 15K 0.5% 1/10W R6282 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W
R6219 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W R6283 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W
R6220 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W R6284 1-218-855-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/10W
R6285 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R6222 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R6286 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R6223 1-243-665-11 METAL 0.05 5% 5W
R6224 1-243-665-11 METAL 0.05 5% 5W R6287 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R6225 1-249-397-11 CARBON 22 5% 1/4W R6288 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R6226 1-216-802-11 METAL CHIP 27 5% 1/10W R6289 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R6290 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R6228 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R6229 1-249-397-11 CARBON 22 5% 1/4W R6292 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W
R6297 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W
R6232 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R6298 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R6233 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W
R6234 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W R6299 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W
R6235 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R6301 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W
R6236 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R6302 1-202-933-61 FUSIBLE 0.1 10% 1/2W
R6303 1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W
R6237 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W R6304 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R6238 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R6239 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W R6305 1-245-478-21 METAL 470K 1% 1/4W
R6240 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R6306 1-245-478-21 METAL 470K 1% 1/4W
R6241 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R6307 1-218-877-11 METAL CHIP 18K 0.5% 1/10W
R6308 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R6242 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R6309 1-218-823-11 METAL CHIP 100 0.5% 1/10W
R6243 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R6244 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.5% 1/10W R6311 1-219-230-71 FUSIBLE 22 5% 1/6W
R6245 1-218-851-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 0.5% 1/10W R6312 1-219-230-71 FUSIBLE 22 5% 1/6W
R6246 1-218-869-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 0.5% 1/10W R6313 1-218-825-11 METAL CHIP 120 0.5% 1/10W
R6314 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R6247 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R6315 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R6248 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W
R6249 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R6316 1-260-304-51 CARBON 10 5% 1/2W
R6251 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R6318 1-216-361-00 METAL OXIDE 0.22 5% 2W
R6319 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R6253 1-215-882-00 METAL OXIDE 22 5% 2W
R6254 1-215-882-00 METAL OXIDE 22 5% 2W R6322 1-202-933-61 FUSIBLE 0.1 10% 1/2W
R6255 1-216-121-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W R6325 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R6256 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R6341 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
R6402 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R6257 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R6403 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R6258 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R6260 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R6406 1-216-793-11 METAL CHIP 4.7 5% 1/10W
R6411 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W
R6262 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R6412 1-218-875-11 METAL CHIP 15K 0.5% 1/10W
R6263 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W
R6264 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R6413 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R6266 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R6415 1-218-847-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W
R6416 1-218-847-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W
R6267 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R6417 1-218-855-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/10W
R6268 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R6428 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R6273 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R6275 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R6455 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R6602 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
68
sont critiques pour la securite. cal for safety.
Ne les remplacer que par une RM-Y914 RM-Y914
Replace only with part number

specified.

G HM REMARK

R6603 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 C7224 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V
C7224 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V
< VARIABLE RESISTOR >

< CONNECTOR >
RV6201 1-225-626-91 RES, VAR, ADJ, CERMET 1K
CN7201 1-779-677-11 CONNECTOR, USB (B)
CN7204 1-817-653-11 MEMORY STICK CONNECTOR
< RELAY >
RY600101-755-418-12 RELAY (AC POWER) < DIODE >

RY600201-755-418-12 RELAY (AC POWER)
D7201 8-719-800-76 DIODE 1SS226
D7202 8-719-056-77 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-3.9B
< TRANSFORMER > D7210 6-500-182-01 DIODE L-1503CB/1ID-F01
D7212 8-719-056-77 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-3.9B
T6101 0 1-443-313-21 TRANSFORMER, CONVERTER (SBT)
T6302 0 1-443-797-11 DC-DC CONVERTER TRANSFORMER
< FERRITE BEAD >
< THERMISTOR > FB7201 1-414-921-11 FERRITE 0H

FB7202 1-414-921-11 FERRITE 0H
TH6101 1-803-586-11 THERMISTOR, NTC FB7203 1-414-921-11 FERRITE 0H
TH6201 1-809-789-71 THERMISTOR, POSITIVE
*************************************************************** < IC >
A-1060-186-A HM BOARD, COMPLETE IC7201 6-703-076-01 IC XC6204B332MR

********************** IC7202 6-704-548-01 IC 90C36LC1B-LF
IC7203 6-704-067-01 IC M24128-BWMN6T(A)
< CAPACITOR >

< COIL >
C7203 1-162-910-11 CERAMIC CHIP 5pF 0.25PF 50V L7201 1-414-394-11 INDUCTOR 2.2H
C7205 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V < TRANSISTOR >
C7205 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V Q7201 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX
C7206 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V Q7202 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
C7206 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V
C7207 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 16V
C7207 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 16V < RESISTOR >
C7208 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V R7202 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0H
C7209 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1F 10% 6.3V R7203 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
C7209 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1F 10% 6.3V R7204 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
C7210 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 16V R7206 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
C7211 1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7F 10% 6.3V R7210 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W
C7211 1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7F 10% 6.3V R7211 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
C7212 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1F 10% 6.3V R7214 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
C7213 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V R7216 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
C7215 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V R7217 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
C7215 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V R7218 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
C7216 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 10% 25V R7221 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
C7218 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V R7224 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
C7219 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V R7226 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
C7220 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V R7229 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
C7221 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V R7231 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
69
KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF. NO.

HM H1 H2 H3
PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK

< VIBRATOR > < IC >
X7201 1-760-965-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL IC7020 6-703-744-01 IC GP1UE26SXKOF

IC7021 6-706-481-01 IC TC7SET32FU(T5RSOJF)
*************************************************************** IC7022 8-759-695-94 IC TAR5S33(TE85R)
A-1123-100-A H1 BOARD, COMPLETE

********************* < COIL >
L7000 1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR 10H

< CAPACITOR >
C7000 1-100-597-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 10% 25V < TRANSISTOR >
Q7020 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

< DIODE > Q7021 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
Q7022 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
D7001 8-719-083-58 DIODE UDZSTE-173.9B Q7023 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
< RESISTOR > < RESISTOR >
R7001 1-218-684-11 METAL CHIP 470 0.5% 1/10W R7020 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
R7002 1-218-688-11 METAL CHIP 680 0.5% 1/10W R7021 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R7003 1-218-692-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R7022 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R7004 1-218-700-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/10W R7023 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R7005 1-218-708-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R7024 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R7025 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W

< SWITCH > R7026 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R7027 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
S7000 1-762-196-21 SWITCH, TACT R7028 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
S7001 1-762-196-21 SWITCH, TACT R7029 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
S7002 1-762-196-21 SWITCH, TACT
R7032 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
S7005 1-762-196-21 SWITCH, TACT R7036 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W
R7039 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
***************************************************************
R7041 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W
A-1123-101-A H2 BOARD, COMPLETE
*********************
< SWITCH >
< CAPACITOR > S7020 1-762-196-21 SWITCH, TACT
C7020 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V ***************************************************************

C7021 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10F 20% 16V
C7022 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 50V A-1123-102-A H3 BOARD, COMPLETE
C7023 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 50V *********************
C7024 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 50V
C7025 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V < CAPACITOR >

C7026 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 50V
C7027 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 50V C7057 1-128-991-21 ELECT CHIP 10F 20% 50V
C7029 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V C7058 1-128-991-21 ELECT CHIP 10F 20% 50V
C7030 1-128-993-21 ELECT CHIP 22F 20% 10V C7059 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47F 10% 10V
C7060 1-126-603-11 ELECT CHIP 4.7F 20% 35V
C7031 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V C7061 1-126-603-11 ELECT CHIP 4.7F 20% 35V
C7032 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01F 50V
C7033 1-128-993-21 ELECT CHIP 22F 20% 10V
C7034 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V < CONNECTOR >
CN7050 1-784-646-11 TERMINAL, S

< DIODE > CN7051 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
D7022 6-500-861-01 DIODE SML-020MVT-T86

D7023 8-719-064-07 DIODE SML-310LTT86 < DIODE >
D7024 6-500-861-01 DIODE SML-020MVT-T86
D7025 8-719-158-19 DIODE RD6.2SB D7050 8-719-977-28 DIODE DTZ10B
D7026 8-719-158-19 DIODE RD6.2SB D7051 8-719-977-28 DIODE DTZ10B
D7052 8-719-977-28 DIODE DTZ10B
70
sont critiques pour la securite. cal for safety.
Ne les remplacer que par une
RM-Y914 RM-Y914
Replace only with part number
REF. NO. PART NO.

specified.
DESCRIPTION
H3 QU S1 S2 T1 T3
REMARK REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK

< JACK > < RESISTOR >
J7050 1-819-646-11 PHONO JACK 3P R7101 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W

R7102 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W
R7104 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
< RESISTOR > R7106 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R7108 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R7050 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R7051 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 ***************************************************************
R7052 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R7053 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W A-1123-099-A S2 BOARD, COMPLETE
R7054 1-216-851-11 METAL CHIP 330K 5% 1/10W *********************
R7055 1-216-851-11 METAL CHIP 330K 5% 1/10W

R7056 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W < CAPACITOR >
R7057 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R7058 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W C7120 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V
R7059 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W C7121 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1F 10% 10V
R7060 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W C7123 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10pF 0.50PF 50V
R7061 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R7062 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R7063 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W < IC >
R7064 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
IC7120 6-707-223-01 IC LM75BIM-5/NOPB
< VARISTOR >

< RESISTOR >
VD7051 1-803-974-21 VARISTOR, CHIP (1608)
VD7052 1-803-974-21 VARISTOR, CHIP (1608) R7121 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W
VD7053 1-803-974-21 VARISTOR, CHIP (1608) R7122 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W
R7124 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
*************************************************************** R7125 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R7126 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
* A-1073-391-A QU BOARD, COMPLETE
********************** **************************************************************
A-1123-096-A T1 BOARD, COMPLETE

< CAPACITOR > *********************
C7951 1-115-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1F 10V

C7952 1-115-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1F 10V < SWITCH >
C7953 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V
C7954 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V S7150 1-786-591-11 SWITCH, MICRO
**************************************************************
< CONNECTOR >
A-1144-528-A T3 BOARD, COMPLETE
CN7951* 1-573-768-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5mm) (SMD)5P **********************
CN7952* 1-818-486-11 PCMCIA CONNECTOR (SMD)
CN7953* 1-818-483-11 FFC/FPC CONNECTOR (ZIF) 80P
< SWITCH >
< TEST POINT > S7156 1-786-591-11 SWITCH, MICRO
TP7950 1-694-766-21 TERMINAL (ONBOARD CONTACT) **************************************************************
*************************************************************** MISCELLANEOUS
*****************
A-1123-098-A S1 BOARD, COMPLETE
********************* 0 A-1127-174-A BLOCK ASSY, OPTICS (R60XBR1)
0 A-1148-155-A BLOCK ASSY, OPTICS (R50XBR1)
0 1-468-936-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK
< CAPACITOR > 0 1-576-885-11 THERMOSTAT
0 1-787-333-11 D.C. FAN
C7100 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1F 25V
C7101 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1F 10% 10V 0 1-791-192-13 CORD, NOISE FILTER WITH POWER
C7102 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10pF 0.50PF 50V 1-826-236-11 SPEAKER UNIT
C7103 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10pF 0.50PF 50V 1-826-237-11 SPEAKER UNIT
1-829-702-11 COAXIAL CABLE WITH F-PLUG
1-829-794-51 CORD WITH CONNECTOR
< IC >
1-830-193-11 CABLE, USB
IC7100 6-707-223-01 IC LM75BIM-5/NOPB 1-830-407-11 RF CABLE
1-830-856-11 FLEXIBLE FLAT CABLE
1-830-878-11 LEAD WIRE WITH CONNECTOR(LVDS)
71
piece portant le numero specifie. specified.
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK

1-830-900-11 LEAD WIRE WITH CONNECTOR(LVDS)
8-597-906-00 ANTENNA SWITCHE RFD-SA801

0 8-835-859-11 MOTOR, DC SFF22A/C-NP
0 8-835-860-11 MOTOR, DC SFF21C/C-NP
**************************************************************
ACCESSORIES & PACKING MATERIALS

************************************
* 2-581-446-11 BAG, PROTECTION (R60XBR1)

* 2-587-561-01 SHEET, PROTECTION (R60XBR1)
2-637-151-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (US)
(R60XBR1)
2-637-152-11 QSG (US) (R60XBR1)
2-637-710-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (US)
(R50XBR1)
2-637-710-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FR)

(R50XBR1)
2-637-710-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ES)
(R50XBR1)
2-637-711-11 QSG (US) (R50XBR1)
2-637-711-21 QSG (FR) (R50XBR1)
2-637-711-31 QSG (ES) (R50XBR1)
* 4-030-895-01 JOINT (R60XBR1)

* 4-097-659-01 BAG, PROTECTION (R60XBR1)
* 4-097-660-01 SHEET, PROTECTION (R60XBR1)
< REMOTE COMMANDER>
1-478-337-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RM-Y914)
< OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES>
93-0876-00 LAMP XL-5100
Sony EMCS Corporation English

2005HR02-1
9-872-762-01 Ichinomiya TEC 2005.8
2-637-151-11(1)
SXRD Projection TV
Operating Instructions
KDS-R50XBR1
http://www.sony.net/
KDS-R60XBR1
Printed on 100% recycled paper.
Printed in Japan
2005 Sony Corporation
2673151111newSXRD_ENcov_r8.indd 1 6/21/2005 2:38:54 PM

KDS-R50/60XBR1 2-637-151-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\SX_EN_source masterpage:3 columns Right
_onDT062305\01US02Cov2.fm
Owners Record
The model and serial numbers are located at the rear of the TV. Record
these numbers in the spaces provided below. Refer to them whenever
you call upon your Sony dealer regarding this product.
Model No.
Serial No.
Contacting Sony
If, after reading the following instructions, you have additional
questions related to the use of your Sony TV, please call one of the
following numbers.
Customers in the continental United States contact the Direct
Response Center at:
1-800-222-SONY (7669)
or visit http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/
Customers in Canada contact the Customer Relations Center at:
1-877-899-SONY (7669)
or visit http://www.sonystyle.ca/tv/
KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR1
2-637-151-11(1)
_onDT062305\01US02WAR.fm
WARNING
Declaration of Conformity
To reduce the risk of fire or electric shock, do not expose this apparatus to
rain or moisture. Trade Name: SONY
Model: KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR1
Responsible Party: Sony Electronics Inc.
Address: 16450 W. Bernardo Dr.,
San Diego, CA 92127 U.S.A.
CAUTION Telephone Number: 858-942-2230
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
ATTENTION This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject
RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
NE PAS OUVRIR
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
PRECAUCION including interference that may cause undesired operation.
RIESGO DE CHOQUE ELECTRICO
NO ABRIR
NOTIFICATION
This symbol is intended to alert the user to the This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
presence of uninsulated dangerous voltage within Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits
the products enclosure that may be of sufficient are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference
magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate
persons. radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with
the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to
This symbol is intended to alert the user to the radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
presence of important operating and maintenance equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the
(servicing) instructions in the literature accompanying interference by one or more of the following measures:
the appliance.
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that
The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and no objects to which the receiver is connected.
filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
CAUTION You are cautioned that any changes or modifications not expressly
To prevent electric shock, do not use this polarized AC plug with an approved in this manual could void your authority to operate this
extension cord, receptacle or other outlet unless the blades can be fully equipment.
inserted to prevent blade exposure.
CAUTION For Customers in Canada

This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
When using TV games, computers, and similar products with your
projection TV, keep the brightness and contrast functions at low settings. Safety
If a fixed (non-moving) pattern is left on the screen for long periods of time
at a high brightness or contrast setting, the image can be permanently Operate the TV only on 120 V AC.
imprinted onto the screen. Continuously watching the same program can Use the AC power cord specified by Sony and suitable for the
cause the imprint of station logos onto the TV screen. These types of voltage where you use it.
imprints are not covered by your warranty because they are the result of The plug is designed, for safety purposes, to fit into the wall outlet
misuse. only one way. If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the
outlet, contact your dealer.
Note on Caption Vision If any liquid or solid object should fall inside the cabinet, unplug the
This TV provides display of TV closed captioning in accordance with TV immediately and have it checked by qualified service personnel
15.119 of the FCC rules. before operating it further.
If you will not be using the TV for several days, disconnect the
For Customers in the United States power by pulling the plug itself. Never pull on the cord.
If you have any questions about this product, you may call; Sony For details concerning safety precautions, see Important Safety
Customer Information Services Center 1-800-222-7669 or Instructions on page 5.
http://www.sony.com/
(Continued)
2-637-151-11(1)
Installing Trademark Information

The TV should be installed near an easily accessible power outlet. CableCARD is a trademark of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
To prevent internal heat buildup, do not block the ventilation TruSurround, SRS and the symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs,
openings. Inc. TruSurround technology is incorporated under license from SRS Labs,
Do not install the TV in a hot or humid place, or in a place subject Inc.
to excessive dust or mechanical vibration.
Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866. "BBE" and
Use the TV at temperatures between 41F (5C) and 95F (35C). BBE symbol are trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc.
If the TV is transported directly from a cold to a warm location, or
if the room temperature changes suddenly, the picture may be Macintosh is a trademark licensed to Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
blurred or show poor color due to moisture condensation. In this the U.S.A and other countries.
case, please wait a few hours to let the moisture evaporate before
turning on the TV. WEGA, Steady Sound, Digital Reality Creation, CineMotion, BN
Smoother, Memory Stick, Memory Stick Duo, Memory Stick PRO,
To obtain the best picture, do not expose the screen to direct
Memory Stick PRO Duo, MagicGate, MID and Twin View are trademarks
illumination or direct sunlight. It is recommended to use spot
of Sony Corporation. i.LINK is a trademark of Sony Corporation and used
lighting directed down from the ceiling or to cover the windows that
only to designate that a product contains an IEEE 1394 connector. All
face the screen with opaque drapery. It is desirable to install the TV
products with an i.LINK connector may not communicate with each other.
in a room where the floor and walls are not of a reflective material.
See pages 13 and 14 for more information on the installation. PlayStation is a trademark of Sony Computer Entertainment, Inc.
CAUTION This TV is manufactured under license from Dolby

Use the following Sony appliance(s) only with the following TV STAND. Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are
Use with other TV STAND may cause instability and possibly result in trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
injury. This TV incorporates High-Definition
Multimedia Interface (HDMI) technology.
SONY APPLIANCE MODEL NO. HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are
KDS-R50XBR1 trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC.
KDS-R60XBR1
SONY TV STAND MODEL NO.

SU-GW12
SONY THEATRE STAND SYSTEM MODEL NO.

RHT-G2000
To Customers
Sufficient expertise is required for installing the specified product. Be sure
to subcontract the installation to Sony dealers or licensed contractors and
pay adequate attention to safety during the installation.
For Customers in the United States

This product contains mercury. Disposal of this product may be regulated
if sold in the United States. For disposal or recycling information, please
Note
This digital television is capable of receiving analog basic, digital basic
and digital premium cable television programming by direct connection to
a cable system providing such programming. A security card provided by
your cable operator is required to view encrypted digital programming.
Certain advanced and interactive digital cable services such as
video-on-demand, a cable operators enhanced program guide and
data-enhanced television services may require the use of a set-top box. For
more information call your local cable operator.
This television also includes a QAM demodulator which should allow you
to receive unscrambled digital cable television programming via
subscription service to a cable service provider. Availability of digital
cable television programming in your area depends on the type of
programming and signal provided by your cable service provider.
2-637-151-11(1)
Important Safety Instructions

1) Read these instructions. 13) Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms
2) Keep these instructions. or when unused for long periods of time.
3) Heed all warnings.

4) Follow all instructions.
5) Do not use this apparatus near water. 14) Refer all servicing to qualified service
personnel. Servicing is required when the
apparatus has been damaged in any way, such
as power-supply cord or plug is damaged,
liquid has been spilled or objects have fallen
into the apparatus, the apparatus has been
exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate
normally, or has been dropped.
6) Clean only with dry cloth.

Be sure to observe the TVs For Safety
section on page 6.
7) Do not block any ventilation openings. Install in

accordance with the manufacturers Antennas
instructions.
Outdoor Antenna Grounding
If an outdoor antenna is installed, follow the precautions below. An
outdoor antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead
power lines or other electric light or power circuits, or where it can come
in contact with such power lines or circuits.
WHEN INSTALLING AN OUTDOOR ANTENNA SYSTEM,
8) Do not install near any heat sources such as EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO KEEP FROM
radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other CONTACTING SUCH POWER LINES OR CIRCUITS AS CONTACT
apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce WITH THEM IS ALMOST INVARIABLY FATAL.
heat.
Be sure the antenna system is grounded so as to provide some protection
9) Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized against voltage surges and built-up static charges.
or grounding-type plug. A polarized plug has Section 810 of the National Electrical Code (NEC) in USA and Section 54
two blades with one wider than the other. A of the Canadian Electrical Code in Canada provides information with
grounding type plug has two blades and a third respect to proper grounding of the mast and supporting structure,
grounding prong. The wide blade or the third grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of
prong are provided for your safety. If the grounding conductors, location of antenna discharge unit, connection to
provided plug does not fit into your outlet, grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode.
consult an electrician for replacement of the
obsolete outlet. Antenna Grounding According to the NEC
Refer to section 54-300 of Canadian Electrical Code for Antenna
Grounding.
10) Protect the power cord from being walked on or
pinched particularly at plugs, convenience
receptacles, and the point where they exit from Antenna lead-in wire
the apparatus.
Ground clamp
11) Only use attachments/accessories specified by
the manufacturer.
Antenna lead-in wire
Electrical (NEC Section 810-20)
service
equipment Grounding conductors
(NEC section 810-21)
12) Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or Ground clamps
table specified by the manufacturer, or sold with Power service grounding
the apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution NEC: National electrode system (NEC Art
when moving the cart/apparatus combination to Electrical Code 250 Part H)
avoid injury from tip-over.
(Continued)
2-637-151-11(1)
Cleaning About the TV

Although the TV is made with high-precision technology, black dots may
Clean the rear cover area of the TV regularly. Dust in the rear cover appear or bright points of light (red, blue, or green) may appear constantly
area may cause a problem with the cooling system of the TV set. on the screen. This is a structural property of the panel and is not a defect.
Clean the cabinet of the TV with a dry soft
cloth. To remove dust from the screen, wipe it Installation
gently with a soft cloth. Stubborn stains may be If direct sunlight or other strong illumination shines on the screen,
removed with a cloth slightly dampened with part of the screen may appear white due to reflections from behind
solution of mild soap and warm water. Never the screen. This is a structural property of the TV.
use strong solvents such as thinner or benzine for cleaning. If the Do not expose the screen to direct illumination or direct sunlight.
picture becomes dark after using the TV for a long period of time, it The picture quality may be affected by your viewing position. For
may be necessary to clean the inside of the TV. Consult qualified the best picture quality, install your TV according to
service personnel. Recommended Viewing Area on page 15.
Unplug the AC power cord when cleaning this unit. Cleaning this Leave some space around your TV. Otherwise, adequate
unit with a plugged AC power cord may result in electric shock. air-circulation may be blocked causing overheating and cause fire or
damage the unit. For details, see When Installing Your TV against
On Contamination on the Screen Surface a Wall on page 14.
The screen surface has a special coating to reduce reflections. To prevent
screen damage, clean the screen as follows: Projection Lamp
Clean the screen with a soft cloth. Your TV uses a projection lamp as its light source. It is time to
replace the lamp with a new one (not supplied) when:
To remove hard contamination, use a cloth moistened with a
solution of mild detergent and water. Do not spray cleaning solution the lamp replacement indicator on the front panel blinks in red,
directly onto the TV. It should only be sprayed to moisten the screen images become dark,
cleaning cloth. no image appears on the display after prolonged use.
Do not use any type of abrasive pad, alkaline cleaner, acid cleaner,
unit is designed to contain all of broken glass pieces inside the lamp
scouring powder, chemical cloth, or solvent such as alcohol,
unit. (See Replacing the Lamp on page 104.)
benzene or thinner, as these may scratch the screens coating.
Service sound. This is normal and is inherent in this type of lamp.
Damage Requiring Service Disposal of Used Batteries

Do not attempt to service the set by yourself since To preserve our environment, dispose of used batteries according to your
opening the cabinet may expose you to dangerous voltage local laws or regulations.
or other hazards.
Unplug the set from the wall outlet and refer servicing to Objects and Liquid Entry
qualified service personnel. Do not place any objects on the unit.
The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or
Replacement Parts splashing and no objects filled with liquids, such as
When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
certifies in writing that he has used replacement parts specified by the
manufacturer that have the same characteristics as the original parts. Cooling Fan
Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or other This TV uses a cooling fan. You may hear the noise of fan running,
hazards. depending on the placement of your TV. The noise may be more noticeable
during the night or when the background noise level is low.
See Replacing the Lamp on page 104.
Also the noise of cooling fan may become louder when High Altitude is set
For Safety to On.
Be Careful When Moving the

TV
When you place the TV in position, be careful
not to drop it on your foot or fingers.
Watch your footing while installing the TV. STD/DUO
POWER
Carry the TV in the Specified

Manner
If you carry the TV in a manner other than the
specified manner and without the specified
number of persons, it may drop and a serious
injury may be caused. Be sure to follow the
instructions mentioned below.
Carry the TV with the specified number of persons (see page 13).
Hold the TV tightly when carrying it.
Before carrying the TV, disconnect any accessories or cables.
2-637-151-11(1)
_onDT062305\01US02TOC.fm
Contents
Using Initial Setup ..........................................34

Introducing the TV Connecting Optional Equipment .......................35
Welcome ................................................................ 9 VCR and Cable ..............................................36
Package Contents............................................ 9 VCR and Cable Box .......................................37
Features........................................................... 9 DVD Player with Component
Enjoying Your TV................................................ 11 Video Connectors...........................................39
Notes on the TV ............................................. 11 DVD Player with
Screen............................................................ 11 S VIDEO and Audio Connectors ....................40
Indicators ....................................................... 12 Personal Computer ........................................41
Projection Lamp ............................................. 12 Camcorder or PlayStation ..............................42
Installing the TV .................................................. 13 Audio Receiver ...............................................43
Carrying Your TV ........................................... 13
Take Precaution during Installation................ 13 Watching the TV
Preventing the TV from Toppling Over .......... 14 Overview ..............................................................45
When Installing Your TV against a Wall......... 14 Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control.....45
Recommended Viewing Area ........................ 15 Button Descriptions............................................46
TV Controls and Connectors ............................. 16 Programming the Remote Control ....................48
Front Panel .................................................... 16 Using Other Equipment with Your Remote
Front Connectors ........................................... 17 Control...........................................................50
Rear Panel ..................................................... 18 Special Buttons on the Remote Control ...........51
Using the GUIDE Button ................................51
Connecting the TV Using the WIDE Button ..................................53
Overview.............................................................. 21 Using the JUMP Button ..................................54
Making Video and Audio Connections ........... 21 Using the FREEZE Button..............................54
About Using S VIDEO.................................... 22 Using Twin View..................................................55
About Using HDMI to DVI Adapter................. 22 Displaying Twin Pictures ................................55
Basic Connections ............................................. 23 Activating the Picture......................................55
Cable System or VHF/UHF............................ 24 Changing the Picture Size..............................57
Cable Box and Antenna ................................. 25 Using Favorite Channels ....................................58
Cable Box ...................................................... 26 Using the Channel Menu................................58
Satellite Receiver ........................................... 27 Using the Favorite Channels Guide ...............59
Digital Cable Box or Using the PC Input ..............................................60
Digital Satellite Receiver ................................ 28 Displaying the PC Screen ..............................60
Equipment with HDMI Connection ................. 29
Equipment with DVI Connection .................... 30 Using the Memory Stick Viewer
Equipment with Digital Audio (Optical)........... 31 About Memory Stick ...........................................61
Using the CableCARD Device............................ 32 Features .........................................................61
About Using the CableCARD Device............. 32 Memory Stick Compatibility ............................61
Activating CableCARD Service...................... 32 File Compatibility ............................................62
Removing the CableCARD Device ................ 33 Inserting and Removing a Memory Stick/
Setting Up the Channel List............................... 34 Memory Stick Duo ........................................63
(Continued)
7
2-637-151-11(1)
_onDT062305\01US02TOC.fm
Inserting a Memory Stick/ Remote Control ............................................108

Memory Stick Duo.......................................... 63 CableCARD Device......................................109
Removing a Memory Stick/ Memory Stick................................................109
Memory Stick Duo.......................................... 63 Video ............................................................111
Viewing Photo or Movie Files ............................ 64 Audio ............................................................111
Using the Photo Viewer ................................. 65 Channels ......................................................112
Using the Movie Viewer ................................. 66 General.........................................................113
Using the Menu Bar Options.......................... 67 Specifications ...................................................115
Memory Stick Precautions ............................. 70
Memory Stick Functionality ............................ 71
Index
Index...................................................................117
Using i.LINK
Connecting i.LINK Devices ................................ 73
Selecting an i.LINK Device................................. 75
Using the i.LINK Control Panel.......................... 76
i.LINK Setup ........................................................ 78
Using the Settings

Overview.............................................................. 79
Accessing the Video Settings ........................... 81
Selecting Video Options................................. 81
Selecting PC Video Options........................... 85
Accessing the Audio Settings ........................... 86
Selecting Audio Options................................. 86
Selecting PC Audio Options........................... 87
Accessing the Screen Settings ......................... 88
Selecting Screen Options .............................. 88
Accessing the Channel Settings ....................... 90
Selecting Channel Options ............................ 90
Accessing the Parental Lock Settings.............. 92
Selecting Parental Lock Options.................... 92
Viewing Blocked Programs ............................ 93
Selecting Custom Rating Options .................. 94
Accessing the Setup Settings ........................... 96
Selecting Setup Options ................................ 96
Programming Caption Vision ......................... 98
Selecting PC Setup Options .......................... 99
Accessing the Applications Settings.............. 101
Selecting Applications Options .................... 101
Other Information
Overview............................................................ 103
Contacting Sony ............................................... 103
Replacing the Lamp.......................................... 104
How to Replace the Lamp............................ 105
Troubleshooting ............................................... 108
Twin View..................................................... 108
2-637-151-11(1)
_onDT062305\01US03WEL.fm
Introducing the TV
Welcome
Introducing the TV
Thank you for purchasing this Sony SXRD projection TV. This manual is for
models KDS-R50XBR1 and KDS-R60XBR1.
Package Contents Along with your new TV, the packing box contains a remote control and two
AA (R6) batteries. See page 116 for the complete list of packaging contents.
Features Some of the features that you will enjoy with your new TV include:
SXRD: SXRD is a Silicon X-tal Reflective Display technology that
delivers high-level resolution, greater contrast ratio, faster response speed
and film-like reproduction compared to other conventional devices.
WEGA Engine: Delivers superb picture quality from any video source
by minimizing the signal deterioration caused by digital-to-analog
conversion and stabilizing the signal processing. This engine features
unique Sony technology, including:
The first step in the digital processing system, Composite
Component Processor (CCP-X), which enhances input signal-to-
noise ratio by chroma decoder digital processing.
DRC (Digital Reality Creation)-MF V2: Unlike conventional
line doublers, the DRC Multifunction feature replaces the signals
NTSC waveform with the near-HD equivalent by digital mapping
processing. The DRC Palette option lets you customize the level of
detail (Reality) and smoothness (Clarity) to create up to three
custom palettes.
IFP (Image Format Processor): The Digital Texture Enhancer
function of this chip provides the optimal contrast by utilizing a
wide dynamic range. This chip also reduces signal noise, by using
an improved motion vector algorithm, while maintaining image
sharpness.
Advanced Iris: This advance iris shutter works automatically open and
close according to the incoming signal level to create brighter whites
and better contrast in dark scenes.
Integrated HDTV: You can watch digital television programs and
enjoy the improved audio/video quality offered by these programs.
CineMotion: Using the reverse 3-2 pull down technology, the
CineMotion feature provides smoother picture movement when playing
back movies or other video sources on film.
(Continued)
2-637-151-11(1)
Introducing the TV
BN Smoother: Reduces the block noise caused by digital video

encoding and decoding process.
S-master Full Digital Amplifier: Delivers superb clear dialog and
reproduces the original sound quality while minimizing any sound
fragmentation or jitter noise.
Wide Screen Mode: Allows you to watch 4:3 normal broadcasts in
wide screen mode (16:9 aspect ratio).
Twin View: Twin View allows you to watch two programs side by
side with the ability to zoom in on one picture and listen to the program
in the selected window. You can watch pictures from two different
sources (480i) simultaneously.
Memory Stick Viewer: Allows you to view digital photos (JPEG) and
movies (MPEG1) from Memory Stick media on your TV screen.
Favorite Channels: Allows you to select from 16 of your favorite
channels without leaving the current channel.
CableCARD slot: Provides cable subscribers with access to digitally
encrypted cable channels without the need for a set-top box that
will enable you to receive not only standard definition but also high
definition television. The CableCARD device, which is provided by
your cable TV company, is inserted into the TVs rear panel
CableCARD slot. After the service is activated with your cable TV
company, the card replaces the need for a separate set-top box. (Check
with your cable TV company about CableCARD service details,
limitations, pricing, and availability. For more information about the
CableCARD device in this manual, see page 32.)
PC input: Allows you to connect your PC and display the PC screen on
your TV.
HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface): Provides an
uncompressed, all-digital audio/video interface between this TV and
any HDMI-equipped audio/video component, such as a set-top box,
DVD player, and A/V receiver. HDMI supports enhanced, or high-
definition video, plus two-channel digital audio.
i.LINK: Provides a secure digital interface to other digital home
entertainment devices. i.LINK allows for the secure transfer of
copyright-protected high-definition content between these devices and
your TV.
10
2-637-151-11(1)
Introducing the TV
Enjoying Your TV
To enjoy your TV for years to come and maintain its original picture quality,
you should perform periodic maintenance.
Notes on the TV To enjoy clear picture
Introducing the TV
Prevent sunlight or other light sources from shining directly on to the
screen.
The screen surface is easily scratched. Do not rub, touch, or tap it with
sharp or abrasive objects (see On Contamination on the Screen
Surface on pages 6).
When not using the TV for a long period of time

Unplug the AC power cord from the outlet if you anticipate not using
the TV for more than a week.
When turning off the power

The cooling fan will continue to operate for about two minutes. Allow
several minutes before unplugging from the outlet or switching the
breaker off.
On moisture condensation
If your TV is moved directly from a cold to a warm location or is placed
in a humid room, or if the room temperature changes suddenly, the
picture may blur or show poor color. This is caused by moisture
condensation on the lenses inside. Wait a few hours to let the moisture
evaporate before turning on the TV. When the condensation has
evaporated, the picture will return to normal.
Screen To minimize reflection, the screen surface has a special coating.

Inappropriate cleaning methods could damage the screen surface. Special
care is required.
Cleaning the Screen Surface

Dust and dirt on the screen can affect the picture quality. To dust off the
screen use a soft cloth. Be sure to follow the cleaning instruction on page 6
for stubborn stains and dirt.
11
2-637-151-11(1)
Introducing the TV
Indicators
Screen
POWER/STANDBY
POWER
LAMP TIMER
STD/DUO
Indicators
The indicators show the current status of your TV. If there is a change in the
condition or a problem with the TV, the indicators will flash or light up in
the manner described below to let you know that it requires your attention.
Indicator Flashing because...
POWER/ Green The lamp for the light source is preparing to turn
STANDBY on. When it is ready, it turns on.
flashing Red The lamp door or the lamp is not securely attached.
The red indicator will continue to flash in intervals
of three blinks at a time until the lamp door or the
lamp is placed correctly.
The red indicator is on when i.LINK STANDBY is
on or when your TV is in the PC power saving
mode.
LAMP indicator The projection lamp has burned out. Replace it with new one
flashes (see page 104).
TIMER indicator When one of the timers is set the indicator will remain lit (will
is lit not flash) even when the TV is turned off.
Projection Lamp Your TV uses a projection lamp as its light source. As with any lamp, it has
limited life and needs to be replaced when the Lamp indicator flashes or the
How to replace the lamp, screen becomes darker. Note the following:
see page 104. After turning on your TV, it may take a while (1 minute or less) before
the picture appears.
When the projection lamp wears out, the screen goes dark. Replace the
lamp with a new Sony XL-5100 replacement lamp (not supplied).
The light emitted from the lamp is quite bright when your TV is in
use. To avoid eye discomfort or injury, do not look into the light
housing when the power is on.
12
2-637-151-11(1)
Introducing the TV
Installing the TV
Carrying Your TV Carrying the TV requires at least two people. Do not hold the TV by the
pedestal or the front panel. Doing so may cause these parts to break off.
Introducing the TV
Do not grasp the pedestal
or the front panel of the
TV.
When moving the TV, place one hand in the hole on the lower portion of the
TV while grasping the top with the other hand, as shown in the illustration
below.
Do not carry the TV by grasping only the front panels.

If you have connected cables and cords, be sure to unplug them before
moving the TV.
Take Precaution To ensure the safety of children and the TV, keep children away from the TV
during Installation during installation. Climbing on or pushing the TV or its stand may cause it
to fall and damage the TV.
13
2-637-151-11(1)
Introducing the TV
Preventing the TV As a protective measure, secure the TV as follows.

from Toppling Over
Using the TV stand with support belts
Sony strongly recommends using the SU-GW12 TV stand with a
support belt designed for your TV.
*You need to stretch the belt diagonally to

attach it to the TV.
When using the SU-GW12 stand for your TV, you must use the
support belt.
When Installing Your Keep your TV at least 4 inches (10 cm) away from the wall to provide
TV against a Wall proper ventilation.
Blocking the ventilation opening of the cooling fan may cause a damage on
the TV.
Allow this much space;
11 7/8 inches
(30 cm)
4 inches 4 inches 4 inches

(10 cm) (10 cm) (10 cm)
POWER/STANDBY
POWER
LAMP TIMER
STD/DUO
14
2-637-151-11(1)
Introducing the TV
Recommended Your viewing position may affect the picture quality.

Viewing Area For the best picture quality, install your TV within the areas shown below.
Model Viewing distance
Introducing the TV
KDS-R50XBR1 min. 6.6 ft. (approx. 2.0 m)
KDS-R60XBR1 min. 7.0 ft. (approx. 2.2 m)
Horizontal Viewing Area Vertical Viewing Area
min min
. 67.60 . 7.0
ft. ft. (a
.m
9inft. KD (appr min KDS-R6 pprox. 2.
.6(.6af S-R5600"XBox. 2.02 m . i6n..86
m
.6ftf.t
0XB
R1
2m
)
pt.p R ) .((aap
SKD -RS-6R(arpopxro.x1. 1 KDS ppp
roro
x.x2
050XXB .28.0m -R5
0XB ..02m .1) m
POWER
65
65
BR R11 m)) R1 )
65
65.
30
POWER
30
15
2-637-151-11(1)
Introducing the TV
TV Controls and Connectors
Front Panel
CHANNEL
3
7
#
VOLUME
3
POWER/STANDBY
LAMP TIMER
POWER
8
#
STD/DUO
TV/VIDEO
POWER/STANDBY
9
MENU
POWER
0
TIMER LAMP
1 2 34 5
Item Description
1 POWER/ Lights up in green when the TV is turned on. If the LED blinks in red continuously, this may
STANDBY LED indicate the display unit needs servicing (see Contacting Sony on page 2). When the red LED
blinks only three times, the lamp door of the lamp unit or the lamp itself is not securely attached
(see page 106). The red indicator is on when i.LINK STANDBY is on or when your TV is in the PC
power saving mode.
2 TIMER LED When lit, indicates one of the timers is set. When it is set, this LED will remain lit even if the TV is
turned off. For details, see page 101.
3 LAMP LED Lights up in red when the lamp for the light source has burned out. For details, see Replacing the
Lamp on page 104.
4 (IR) Infrared Receives IR signals from the remote control.
Receiver Do not put anything near the sensor, as its function may be affected.
5 POWER Press to turn on and off the TV.
6 Speaker Outputs audio signal.
7 CHANNEL +/ Press to scan through channels. To scan quickly through channels, press and hold either
or +.
8 VOLUME +/ Press to adjust the volume.
9 Press to confirm the selection or setting.
TV/VIDEO Press repeatedly to cycle through the video equipment connected to the TVs video inputs.
q; MENU Press to display the TV on-screen setting and activate the , B, b, v, and V buttons. Press
again to exit the TV on-screen setting and activate the TV/VIDEO, VOLUME +/ and
CHANNEL +/ buttons.
The CHANNEL + button has a tactile dot. Use the tactile dot as a reference
when operating the TV.
16
2-637-151-11(1)
Introducing the TV
Front Connectors
Introducing the TV
POWER/STANDBY
POWER
LAMP TIMER
STD/DUO
VIDEO 2 INPUT
i.LINK S400
STD/DUO
(DV/HDV/MICROMV/TS) S VIDEO VIDEO L(MONO) - AUDIO - R
Push up to open
1 2 3 4 5 the front panel
using the small
lip on the panel.
Front panel connectors are under the front panel cover
Item Description
1 Memory Stick When lit, indicates that the Memory Stick is being read. (Do not remove the Memory Stick
indicator when the indicator is lit.)
2 Memory Stick slot For inserting Memory Stick media to view on your TV. For details, See Inserting and
Removing a Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo on page 63.
3 i.LINK Connects to the i.LINK jack on your i.LINK-compatible portable device. Provides a
secure digital connection between your TV and i.LINK-compatible portable device, such
as a digital video camcorder.
4 S VIDEO Connects to the S VIDEO OUT jack of your VCR, camcorder, or other S VIDEO-
equipped video component. Provides better picture quality than the VHF/UHF jacks or the
VIDEO IN jack.
5 VIDEO/ Connects to the audio and video OUT jacks on your VCR or other video component.
L(MONO)-AUDIO-R
17
2-637-151-11(1)
Introducing the TV
Rear Panel
1 2
CABLE
DIGITAL AUDIO
VHF/UHF (OPTICAL)
OUT
PCM/DOLBY DIGITAL
qs
S400
i.LINK
(DV/HDV/MICROMV/TV)
qa
3
HD/DVD IN CONTROL S
VIDEO IN
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
RGB
IN OUT
1 3 4 5
PC IN 8
5 6 0
AUDIO
AUDIO
OUT
IN (VAR/FIX)
6 7
7
9
AUDIO IN
4
8
Jack Description
1 CABLE Connects to your cable signal. This CABLE input jack, in conjunction with the VHF/UHF
input jack, lets you set up your TV to switch between scrambled channels (coming through
a cable box) and unscrambled cable channels. For details, see page 25.
2 VHF/UHF Connects to your VHF/UHF antenna or cable box output jack.
3 CableCARD slot CableCARD provides cable subscribers with access to secure, digitally encrypted cable
channels without the need for a set-top box that will enable you to receive not only
standard definition but also high definition television. For details, see page 32.
4 VIDEO 8 (PC) IN Connect to the video output connector and audio output jack on your personal computer.
For details, see page 41.
5 HDMI HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) provides an uncompressed, all-digital
(VIDEO 6 IN and audio/video interface between this TV and any HDMI-equipped audio/video component,
VIDEO 7 IN) such as a set-top box, DVD player, and A/V receiver. HDMI supports enhanced, or high-
definition video, plus two-channel digital audio. You can also connect a DVI-equipped
device to your TV by using an HDMI-to-DVI cable.
6 S VIDEO Connects to the S VIDEO OUT jack of your VCR, camcorder, or other S VIDEO-
equipped video component. Provides better picture quality than the VHF/UHF jacks or the
VIDEO IN jack.
7 VIDEO/ Connects to the audio and video OUT jacks on your VCR or other video component. A
L(MONO)-AUDIO-R third video input (VIDEO 2) is located on the front panel of the TV.
18
2-637-151-11(1)
Introducing the TV
Jack Description
8 HD/DVD IN (1080i/ Connects to your DVD player or digital set-top boxs component video (YPBPR) and audio
720p/480p/480i) (L/R) jacks.
9 AUDIO OUT Connects to the left and right audio inputs of your audio or video component.
(VAR/FIX) L/R AUDIO OUT jacks are operable only when the TVs Speaker is set to Off.
Introducing the TV
0 CONTROL S To control other Sony equipment with the TV's remote control, connect the CONTROL S
IN/OUT IN jack of the equipment to the CONTROL S OUT jack on the TV with the CONTROL S
cable.
To control the TV with the remote control of another Sony product, connect the
CONTROL S OUT jack of the equipment to the CONTROL S IN jack on the TV with the
CONTROL S cable.
qa i.LINK Connects to the i.LINK jack on your i.LINK device. Provides a secure digital connection
between your TV and i.LINK device, such as digital VCRs and digital set-top boxes.
qs DIGITAL AUDIO Connects to the optical audio input of a digital audio component that is PCM/Dolby digital
(OPTICAL) OUT compatible.
(PCM/DOLBY*
DIGITAL)
* Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.
19
2-637-151-11(1)
2-637-151-11(1)
_onDT062305\01US04INS.fm
Connecting the TV
Overview
Your new SXRD projection TV can receive both analog and digital
broadcasting signals from antenna, satellite and cable TV.
Connecting the TV
To display clear crisp pictures, you must connect your TV correctly and
choose the correct display format (see Using the WIDE Button on page
53). It is strongly recommended to connect the antenna using a 75-ohm
coaxial cable to receive optimum picture quality signal. A 300-ohm twin
lead cable can be easily affected by radio noise and the like, resulting in
signal deterioration. If you use a 300-ohm twin lead cable, keep it as far
away as possible from the TV.
Making Video and To get the most out of your TV, the input signals to the TV (and connected
Audio Connections devices) should use the connections that provide the best video and audio
performance. The chart below shows typical connectors that are currently
available on the latest A/V devices.
Best Video Separate audio
Performance Connector type connection required
HDMI
No
(High-Definition Multimedia Interface)
DVI (Digital Visual Interface) *

Yes
Component video
Y PB PR
(480i/480p/720p/1080i)
L-AUDIO-R
S VIDEO
Composite video
RF/Coaxial No
* An adapter is necessary when you are connecting a DVI-equipped device to this TV

(see page 22).
21
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
About Using If the optional equipment you are connecting has an S VIDEO jack
S VIDEO (shown at left), you can use an S VIDEO cable for improved picture
quality (compared to an A/V cable). Because S VIDEO carries only
the video signal, you also need to connect audio cables for sound, as
shown below.
Example of an S VIDEO Connection
Rear of TV
S VIDEO cable
Cables are often

Equipment with S VIDEO color-coded to connectors.
Connect red to red,
white to white, etc.
Audio cable
About Using HDMI If you are connecting equipment with a DVI connector to this TV, you will
to DVI Adapter need to use an adapter. You can use an HDMI-to-DVI cable or an HDMI
adapter (not supplied). Both are available at your local electronics store.
When you use the adapter, you will also need to use separate audio cables
for sound because the DVI connector carries video signals only.
HDMI-to-DVI cable
HDMI adapter Audio cable
22
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Basic Connections
The way in which you connect your TV will vary, depending on how your
home receives a signal (antenna and satellite; cable and cable box) and
whether or not you plan to connect a VCR.
If You Are Connecting See Page
Cable System or VHF/UHF 24
No cable box or VCR
Connecting the TV
Cable Box and Antenna 25
Cable box unscrambles only some
channels (usually premium channels)
No VCR
Cable Box 26
Cable box unscrambles all channels
No VCR
Satellite Receiver 27
Digital Cable Box or Digital Satellite Receiver 28
Equipment with HDMI Connection 29
Equipment with DVI Connection 30
Equipment with Digital Audio (Optical) 31
If you are connecting a VCR

See the connections described on pages 36 and 37.
23
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Cable System or For best results, use this connection if you:

VHF/UHF Have a cable and/or an antenna.
(This is convenient if you are using a separate rooftop antenna to receive
additional channels that are not provided by your cable TV company.)
Do not have a cable box or VCR. (If you have a cable box, see pages 25
and 26. If you have a VCR, see pages 36 and 37.)
Antenna System
Cable Type Connect As Shown
Cable TV (CATV)
and Antenna
Antenna cable CATV cable
Notes on Using This Connection
To Do This... Do This ...

Switch the TVs input between Press ANT to switch back and forth between the
the cable and antenna TVs VHF/UHF and CABLE inputs.
Do not use an indoor antenna, which is especially susceptible to

radio noise.
24
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Cable Box and For best results, use this connection if:
Antenna Your cable company scrambles some channels, such as premium
channels (which requires you to use a cable box), but does not scramble
Before connecting a all channels.
cable box, see Using
the CableCARD Device You do not have a VCR. (If you have a VCR, see pages 36 and 37.)
on page 32.
Connecting the TV
With this connection you can:
Use the TVs remote control to change channels coming through the
cable box to the TVs CABLE input. (You must first program the
remote control for your specific cable box; see Programming the
Remote Control on page 48.)
Use the TVs remote control to change channels coming directly into
the TVs VHF/UHF input jack.
CATV cable
IN OUT
Cable box
Coaxial
cable
Antenna cable
VHF/UHF CABLE
Rear of TV
To Do This ... Do This ...

Use the cable box Tune the TV to the channel the cable box is set to (usually channel 3
or 4) and then use the cable box to switch channels.
Set up the TV remote control to operate the cable Program the remote control. See Programming the Remote
box Control on page 48.
Activate the remote control to operate the cable Press SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION) once, and the SAT/CABLE
box indicator lights up.
Prevent the accidental switching of TV channels Use the Channel Fix setting to set the channels for the cable box.
See Accessing the Channel Settings on page 90.
Switch the TVs input between the cable box and Press ANT to switch back and forth between the TVs VHF/UHF
antenna (antenna) and CABLE inputs.
25
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Cable Box For best results, use this connection if:

Your cable company scrambles all channels, which requires you to use a
Before connecting a cable box.
cable box, see Using
the CableCARD Device You do not have a VCR. (If you have a VCR, see pages 36 and 37.)
on page 32.
With this connection you can:
Use the TVs remote control to change channels coming through the
cable box to the TVs VHF/UHF input jack. (You must first program the
remote control for your specific cable box.)
To connect the cable box

1 Connect the CATV cable to the cable boxs input jack.
2 Use a coaxial cable to connect the cable boxs output jack to the TVs
VHF/UHF input jack.
3 Run Auto Program, as described in Setting Up the Channel List on
page 34.
CATV cable Coaxial cable VHF/UHF

Rear of TV
IN OUT
Cable box
To do this... Do This ...

Use the cable box Tune the TV to the channel the cable box is set to (usually channel 3
or 4) and then use the cable box to switch channels.
Set up the TV remote control to operate the cable Program the remote control. See Programming the Remote
box Control on page 48.
Activate the remote control to operate the cable Press SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION) once, and the SAT/CABLE
box indicator lights up.
Prevent the accidental switching of TV channels Use the Channel Fix setting to set the channels for the cable box.
See Accessing the Channel Settings on page 90.
26
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Satellite Receiver Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
1 Connect the satellite antenna cable to the satellite receivers
SATELLITE IN jack.
2 Use A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the satellite receivers AUDIO
and S VIDEO OUT jacks to the TVs AUDIO and S VIDEO IN jacks.
3 Use a coaxial cable to connect your cable to the TVs CABLE jack, or
Connecting the TV
your antenna to the TVs VHF/UHF jack.
If your satellite receiver is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO
cable (yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.
Rear of TV
CABLE
VHF/UHF
S VIDEO
VIDEO
Coaxial AUDIO-L
cable
AUDIO-R
Satellite receiver
Satellite
antenna
cable
A/V cable
Cables are often
color-coded to connectors.
Connect red to red,
S VIDEO cable
27
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Digital Cable Box or Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
Digital Satellite 1 Connect the RF coaxial cable from the CATV or satellite dish to the
Receiver input of the digital cable box or digital satellite receiver.
2 Use a component video cable to connect the digital cable box or satellite
receivers YPBPR jacks to the TVs YPBPR jacks. Use the HD/DVD IN 4
or 5 input.
Component video (YPBPR) connection is necessary to view 480p,

720p, and 1080i formats. Note that this TV displays all format types
of picture in a resolution of 1920 dots x 1080 lines.
3 Use an audio cable to connect the digital cable box or satellite receivers
AUDIO OUT jacks to the TVs AUDIO IN jacks.
The YPBPR jacks do not provide audio, so audio cables must be

connected to provide sound.
Digital cable box or satellite receiver
OUT
IN
Rear of TV
Y
Component
video cable PB
PR
Cables are often
Connect red to red,
RF coaxial
cable
Audio cable
AUDIO-L
AUDIO-R
28
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Equipment with Use this hookup if:

HDMI Connection Your equipment has a High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI).
z The HDMI jack Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
provides both video Using an HDMI cable, connect the equipments HDMI OUT jack to the
and audio signals, so it TVs HDMI IN jack.
is not necessary to
Connecting the TV
connect an audio cable.
Rear of TV
IN
Equipment with HDMI output
HDMI cable
29
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Equipment with DVI Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
Connection If you are connecting with DVI-HDTV output, you can connect to the TVs
HDMI IN jack by using an HDMI-to-DVI cable or an adapter (both not
supplied).
Rear of TV
IN
Cables are often

Connect red to red,
Equipment with DVI output
AUDIO-R
AUDIO-L
HDMI-to-DVI cable or adapter
Audio cable
When using a HDMI-to-DVI cable or an adapter, be sure to connect

the DVI output connector first; then connect to the HDMI input on
your TV.
30
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Equipment with Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
Digital Audio You can use the TVs DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL) OUT jack to connect a
(Optical) digital audio device that is PCM/Dolby Digital compatible, such as an audio
amplifier.
Using an optical audio cable, connect the devices OPTICAL IN jack to the
TVs DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL) OUT jack.
Connecting the TV
Rear of TV
DIGITAL AUDIO
(OPTICAL)
OUT
PCM/DOLBY DIGITAL
Optical audio cable

The DIGITAL AUDIO
(OPTICAL) OUT jack is Audio amplifier
available when the TV
receives a digital TV LINE
OUT
channel. L AUDIO R
OPTICAL
LINE
IN IN
You should also connect the TVs analog audio output jacks to the
amplifier's analog audio input jacks so that the amplifier can
output audio for analog channels. For details, see page 43.
31
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Using the CableCARD Device

The CableCARD device provides cable subscribers with access to digitally
encrypted cable channels without the need for a set-top box that will
enable you to receive not only standard definition but also high definition
television. The CableCARD device, which is provided by your cable TV
company, is inserted into the TVs rear panel CableCARD slot. After the
service is activated with your cable TV company, the card replaces the need
for a separate set-top box.
About Using If you are planning to use a separate cable box for digital cable TV services,
the CableCARD you may be able to receive programming using this TV with the
Device CableCARD device instead except in the following circumstances:
Your cable TV company does not provide CableCARD service in your
viewing area.
You want to access your cable TV companys interactive or advanced
features (such as video-on-demand or, in some cases, pay-per-view). At
this time, these services require a bidirectional link, which are only
available through the use of a separate set-top box. CableCARD device
is currently a unidirectional device only, and cannot provide these
advanced services.
Check with your cable TV company for CableCARD service details,
limitations, pricing, and availability, all of which are determined by your
cable TV company not Sony.
Activating Before you can use CableCARD service, you need to insert the CableCARD
CableCARD Service device (supplied by your cable TV company) and activate the service, as
described below:
1 Insert the CableCARD device into the CableCARD slot.
CAUTION: When inserting the CableCARD device, the rear side of

the card should be on your left side. Inserting the CableCARD
incorrectly may result in permanent damage to the card and the TV.
z You can also access
information about your 2 Gently push the card into the slot until it locks into place.
CableCARD device in 3 After 1-2 minutes, the CableCARD device setup screen is automatically
the Applications settings displayed. This screen includes information your cable TV company
(see page 102). will request before they can activate your service.
32
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
4 Follow the displayed instructions: Phone your cable TV company. A

representative will guide you through the activation process.
5 After your CableCARD device is activated, your cable TV company
will download the service information, including the channel list, to the
the CableCARD device. After the CableCARD device has acquired
channels from your cable TV company, the TV tunes to the lowest
available channel.
Connecting the TV
Removing the In the event you want to cancel your service, contact your cable TV
CableCARD Device company.
Once the CableCARD device is removed, your TV will no longer

decrypt digital cable TV programming services that require
CableCARD.
1 Push the eject button on the CableCARD slot to release the card.
Eject button
2 Pull the CableCARD device straight out of the slot to remove it.
To install a different CableCARD device, follow the instructions in
Activating CableCARD Service on page 32.
33
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Setting Up the Channel List

After you finish connecting the TV, you can run the Initial Setup to create a
list of available analog and digital channels. The Initial Setup screen appears
when you turn on the TV for the first time after hooking it up. If you choose
to set up the channels at a later time, select the Auto Program option in the
Channel setting to scan available channels (see below).
The Intitial Setup feature does not apply for installations that use a
cable box for all channel selection.
Using Initial Setup To run Initial Setup the first time you turn on your TV
1 Press to turn on the TV.
The Initial Setup screen appears.
2 Press V or v to highlight the on-
screen display language. Then press
. The message First please
connect cable/antenna. appears. This
may require 50+ minutes for
completion and Start auto program
now? appears.
3 Press V or v to highlight Yes then press .
Auto Program performed through Initial Setup will automatically create a
list of receivable channels from both VHF/UHF antenna and cable TV
channels if both sources are connected.
Auto Program may take a while (20 to 50 minutes) to complete. A
progress bar is displayed while available channels are being
scanned. If you cancel the Auto Program before all receivable
channels are scanned, you may want to perform the task later
(see To run Auto Program again at a later time below).
If you selected No during the Initial Setup, the Initial Setup
message will appear each time you turn on the TV as a reminder
until you complete the Auto Program.
To run Auto Program again at a later time

Use the Auto Program feature as described on page 90.
To add individual digital channels

Use the Digital Channels feature as described on page 90.
34
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Connecting Optional Equipment

You can connect a variety of optional equipment to your TV. This section
provides some of the individual connections you can make. For multiple
connections, refer to the separate Quick Setup Guide.
If You Are Connecting See Page
VCR and Cable 36
VCR and Cable Box 37
Connecting the TV
DVD Player with Component Video Connectors 39
DVD Player with S VIDEO and Audio Connectors 40
Personal Computer 41
Camcorder or PlayStation 42
Audio Receiver 43
35
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
VCR and Cable Use this hookup if:

You have cable TV that does not require a cable box.
Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.

1 Connect the CATV cable to the single (input) jack of the splitter.
2 Use a coaxial cable to connect one of the output jack of the splitter to
the TVs CABLE jack.
3 Use a coaxial cable to connect the splitters other output jack to the
VCRs input jack.
4 Use A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the VCRs AUDIO and
S VIDEO OUT jacks to the TVs AUDIO and S VIDEO IN jacks.
If your VCR is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO cable

(yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.
Rear of TV
CABLE
VHF/UHF
Coaxial
cable
S VIDEO VIDEO
AUDIO-L VCR
AUDIO-R
Splitter
CATV
cable
A/V cable
Cables are often

Connect red to red,
white to white, etc. S VIDEO cable
Coaxial cable
36
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
VCR and Cable Box Use this hookup if:

Your cable TV company scrambles some channels, but not all of them
Before connecting a cable (pay channels vs. regular cable channels) and you need to use a cable
box, see Using the box.
CableCARD Device on
page 32. With this connection you can:
Use the TVs remote control to change channels on your cable box
when the signal is scrambled. To program your Sony remote control to
Connecting the TV
operate your cable box, see Programming the Remote Control on
page 48.
Use the TVs remote control to change channels on your TV when the
signal is not scrambled. Your TVs tuner provides a better picture
quality than the output of your cable box.

1 Connect the CATV cable to the single (input) jack of the splitter.
2 Use a coaxial cable to connect one of the output jack of the splitter to
the TVs CABLE jack.
3 Use a coaxial cable to connect the splitters other output jack to the
cable boxs input jack.
4 Use a coaxial cable to connect the cable boxs output jack to the VCRs
RF input jack.
5 Use an A/V cable to connect the cable boxs A/V output jacks to the
TVs A/V input jacks.
6 Use an A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the VCRs AUDIO and S
VIDEO OUT jacks to the TVs AUDIO and S VIDEO IN jacks.
If your VCR is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO cable

(yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.
7 Run Initial Setup, as described in Setting Up the Channel List on page

34.
To view scrambled channels, tune the TV to the channel the cable

box is set to (usually channel 3 or 4) and then use the cable box to
switch channels.
(Continued)
37
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Rear of TV
CABLE
VHF/UHF
S VIDEO cable
Coaxial
cable
VIDEO VIDEO
AUDIO-L AUDIO-L VCR
AUDIO-R AUDIO-R
CATV
cable
6
Coaxial
A/V cable cable
Splitter
Cable box
A/V cable
Coaxial cable
Cables are often If you are connecting a

color-coded to connectors. digital cable box, you will
Connect red to red, need a special bi-
white to white, etc. directional splitter
designed to work with your
cable box.
38
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
DVD Player with Use this hookup if:

Component Your DVD player has component (YPBPR) jacks.
Video Connectors
1 Use a component video cable to connect the DVD players YPBPR jacks
to the TVs YPBPR jacks. Use the HD/DVD IN 4 or 5 input.
Connecting the TV
The YPBPR jacks on your DVD player are sometimes labeled YCBCR,
or Y, B-Y and R-Y. If so, connect the cables to like colors.
2 Use an audio cable to connect the DVD players AUDIO OUT jacks to
the TVs AUDIO IN jacks. Be sure to use the same row of inputs that
you used for the video connection (HD/DVD IN 4 or 5).
Component video cable
Y
PB
PR
Rear of TV
DVD player
Cables are often

Connect red to red,
white to white, etc. AUDIO-R
AUDIO-L
Audio cable
To take advantage of the Wide Mode feature, set the DVD players
aspect ratio to 16:9. For details, refer to the operating instructions
supplied with your DVD player.
39
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
DVD Player with Use this hookup if:

S VIDEO and Audio Your DVD player does not have component (YPBPR) jacks.
Connectors
1 Use an A/V cable to connect the DVD players AUDIO OUT jacks to
the TVs AUDIO IN jacks.
2 Use an S VIDEO cable to connect the DVD players S VIDEO jack to
the TVs S VIDEO jack.
Rear of TV
S VIDEO
S VIDEO
cable
DVD player
Cables are often

Connect red to red,
AUDIO-R VIDEO white to white, etc.
AUDIO-L
A/V cable
If your DVD player is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO

To watch the DVD, press TV/VIDEO repeatedly to select the DVD
input (VIDEO 1 in the illustration). If you have a non-Sony DVD
player and want to set up the TV remote control to operate it, you
must program the remote control. See Programming the Remote
Control on page 48.
To control DVD functions with the TV remote control, See
Operating a DVD Player on page 50.
To easily identify equipment connected to the TV, see Label Video
Inputs on page 96.
40
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Personal Computer To connect a PC (personal computer)
If you connect your PC to the TV, you can watch your personal computers
display on the TV.
z When connecting to an When your PC is connected to the TV with the HD15-HD15 cable and
Apple Macintosh optional audio cable, you can view and listen to the PCs video and audio
computer, use the output on the TV.
Connecting the TV
HD15-HD15 cable to
connect PC IN of the
TV to the video output Rear of TV
connector of the
RGB
computer. For some
PC IN 8
Apple Macintosh
computers, it may be
AUDIO
necessary to use an
adapter (not supplied).
If this is the case,
connect the adapter to
the computer before
connecting the HD15-
HD15 cable.
z If the picture is noisy or
flickering, adjust the
Phase and Pitch in the
Screen settings on Audio
page 99. HD15-HD15 cable
cable (stereo mini
(analog RGB) plugs)
To audio output jack
To monitor port (15-pin D-Sub)
41
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Camcorder or Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.

PlayStation For easy connection to a camcorder or PlayStation, the TV has front audio
and video inputs (shown below).
Use A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the camcorder or PlayStation
AUDIO and S VIDEO OUT jacks to the TVs AUDIO and S VIDEO IN
jacks.
If your camcorder is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO
Front Panel PlayStation
VIDEO 2 INPUT
Camcorder
S VIDEO VIDEO L(MONO) - AUDIO - R
or
S VIDEO AUDIO-R
AUDIO-L
VIDEO
To To A/V
S VIDEO output jacks
jack
S VIDEO cable
A/V cable
42
2-637-151-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Audio Receiver For improved sound quality, you may want to play the TVs audio through
your stereo system (see page 87).

Using an audio cable, connect the TVs AUDIO OUT (VAR/FIX) jacks to
the audio receivers audio LINE IN jacks.

Connecting the TV
AUDIO OUT jacks are operable only when the TV's Speaker is
set to Off.
Rear of TV
AUDIO
OUT
(VAR/FIX)
AUDIO-L AUDIO-R
Audio cable
Line
input
Cables are often

Connect red to red,
Audio receiver white to white, etc.
43
2-637-151-11(1)
_onDT062305\01US05REM.fm
Watching the TV
Overview
This chapter includes the following topics:
Topic Page
Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control 45
Button Descriptions 46
Watching the TV
Programming the Remote Control 48
Manufacturers Codes 49
Using Other Equipment with Your Remote Control 50
Special Buttons on the Remote Control 51
Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control

Insert two size AA (R6) batteries (supplied) by matching the e and E on
the batteries to the diagram inside the battery compartment.
e
E
E
e
Use a coin to unscrew the lock
To avoid possible damage from battery leakage, remove the

batteries if you anticipate the remote control will not be used for an
extended period.
Handle the remote control with care. Avoid dropping it, getting it
wet, or placing it in direct sunlight, near a heater, or in high
humidity.
Your remote control can be programmed to operate most video
equipment. (See Programming the Remote Control on page 48)
45
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Button Descriptions
Button Description
1 MUTING Press to mute the sound. Press again or press VOL + to
unmute.
2 FUNCTION Press repeatedly until the indicator of the equipment (TV,
SAT/CABLE, DVD/VCR, i.LINK) that you want to operate
lights up.
3 Press repeatedly to cycle through the available audio effect
modes: Dolby Virtual, TruSurround, Simulated, Off.
For details, see Selecting Audio Options on page 86.
4 SLEEP Press repeatedly until the TV displays the time in minutes (15,
30, 45, 60 or 90) that you want the TV to remain on before
shutting off. To cancel Sleep Timer, press SLEEP repeatedly
until Off appears.
5 GUIDE Press to display the digital TV program guide.
While FUNCTION is switched to SAT/CABLE, press to
display the program guide of your satellite program provider.
6 Use with 0-9 and ENTER buttons to select digital channels
(for example, 2.1). For details on selecting digital channels,
see page 90.
7 PICTURE Press repeatedly to cycle through the available video picture
modes: Vivid, Standard, Pro. The video picture modes can be
also accessed in the Video setting. For details, see Selecting
Video Options on page 81.
8 WIDE Press repeatedly to cycle through the wide screen mode
setting: Wide Zoom, Normal, Full and Zoom. For details, see
Using the WIDE Button on page 53.
9 V/v/B/b When the setting is displayed, move the on-screen cursor.
X/x/m/M X: Pause
x: Stop
m: Fast-Reverse
M: Fast-Forward
q; H: Play
: When the setting is displayed, select the item.
z The 5 button and CH+
qa Press to turn on/off Twin View. For details, see Using Twin
button have a tactile dot.
(Twin View) View on page 55.
Use the tactile as a
reference when operating qs ANT Press to change between the VHF/UHF input and the CABLE
the remote control. input.
INDEX While FUNCTION is switched on SAT/CABLE, press to
display index of your satellite program provider.
qd VOL +/ Press to adjust the volume.
46
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Button Description
qf POWER Press to turn on and on/off the TV and other audio/video
buttons equipment you have programmed into the remote control. For
details, see Programming the Remote Control on page 48.
qg REC Record
RESET Press when in a menu to reset the settings to the factory
defaults.
RESET menu does not operate when in PC
menu, Advanced Video, and White Balance.
qh TV/VIDEO Press to cycle through the video equipment connected to your
Watching the TV
TVs video inputs: TV, VIDEO 1, VIDEO 2, VIDEO 3,
VIDEO 4, VIDEO 5, VIDEO 6, VIDEO 7 and VIDEO 8.
qj DISPLAY Press once to display the current time and channel label (if set)
and channel number. Press again to turn Display off. See page
102 for details on setting the time.
qk JUMP Press to jump back and forth between two channels. The TV
alternates between the current channel and the last channel
that was selected.
ql 0 9 and Press 0 - 9 to select a channel: the channel changes after 3
ENTER seconds. Press ENTER to change channels immediately.
w; FAVORITES Press to display the Favorite Channels list. For details, see
Using Favorite Channels on page 58.
wa FREEZE Press to freeze the current picture. Press again to restore the
picture. For details, see Using the FREEZE Button on page
54.
ws i.LINK Press to display the i.LINK Control Panel. For details on using
the i.LINK Control Panel, see page 76. Also available in the
Applications setting (page 101).
wd Press to display the Memory Stick Menu.
MEMORY For details, see Using the Memory Stick Viewer on page 61.
STICK
wf MENU Press to display the TV on-screen setting. Press again to exit
from the setting.
wg CH +/ Press to scan through channels. To scan quickly through the
channels, press and hold down either +/ button.
wh EXIT Press to exit the on-screen setting or display and return to
normal viewing.
47
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Programming the Remote Control

The remote control is preset to operate Sony brand video equipment.
Function Equipment Programmable Code
Number
DVD/VCR Sony Dream System 751
SAT/CABLE Sony Satellite Receiver 801
i.LINK Sony DVD player (i.LINK) 901
3 If you have video equipment other than Sony brand that you want to control
2 with the TVs remote control, use the following procedure to program the
remote control.
The equipment must have infrared (IR) remote capability in order to

be used with the remote control.
4 1 Turn to the list of Manufacturers Codes on page 49, and find the
three-digit code number for the manufacturer of your equipment. (If
5 more than one code number is listed, use the number listed first.)
2 Press
FUNCTION
repeatedly until the DVD/VCR, SAT/CABLE or i.LINK
indicator lights up.
3 Press
SAT/CABLE
for five seconds until the indicator of the selected input
flashes.
4 While the desired indicator is flashing, enter the three-digit
manufacturers code number.
5 Press .
You must do step 5 within 10 seconds of step 4, or you must redo

steps 4 through 5.
To check if the code number works

SAT/CABLE
Aim the TVs remote control at the equipment and press that
corresponds with that equipment. If it responds, you are done. If not, try
using another code listed for that manufacturer.
If no code is input within the above specified time, or an invalid or

incorrect code number is input, the remote control automatically
goes back to the previous setting.
In some cases, you may not be able to program your remote control
to operate other equipment. In such cases, use the equipments
own remote control.
Removing the batteries or using dead batteries may cause the
programmed codes to be lost and revert back to the factory setting.
Reprogramming the codes may be necessary.
48
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Manufacturers Codes Manufacturer Code Manufacturer Code

DVD Players JC Penney 304 305, 309, 314, Zenith 331
330, 336, 337
Manufacturer Code Cable Boxes
JVC 314, 336, 337, 345,
Sony 751 Manufacturer Code
346, 347
Sony (i.LINK) 901 Sony 230
Kenwood 314, 332, 336, 337
General Electric 755 Hamlin/Regal 222, 223, 224, 225,
LG 332
Hitachi 758 226
LXI (SEARS) 305, 330, 332, 335,
JVC 756 Jerrold/ 201, 202, 203, 204,
338
Magnavox 757 General Inst./ 205, 206, 207, 208,
Magnavox 308, 309, 310
Mitsubishi 761 Motorola 218
Marantz 314, 336, 337
Oritron 759 Oak 227, 228, 229
Watching the TV
Marta 332
Panasonic 753 Memorex 309, 335 Panasonic 219, 220, 221
Philips 757 Pioneer 211, 214, 215
Minolta 304, 305
Pioneer 752, 778 Mitsubishi/ 323, 324, 325, 326 Scientific Atlanta 209, 210, 211
RCA/PROSCAN 755 MGA Tocom 216, 217
Samsung 758 Multitech 321, 325, 338 Zenith 212, 213
Toshiba 754 NEC 314, 336, 337 Satellite Receivers
Zenith 760 Olympic 308, 309 Manufacturer Code
Laserdisc Players Optimus 327 Sony 801
Manufacturer Code Orion 317 Dish Network 810
Sony 701 Panasonic 306, 307, 308, 309 Echostar 810
Panasonic 704, 710 Pentax 304, 305 General Electric 802
Pioneer 702 Philco 308, 309 Hitachi 805
Philips 308, 309, 310 Hughes 804
VCRs Pioneer 308 Mitsubishi 809
Manufacturer Code Quasar 306, 308, 309 Panasonic 803
Sony 301, 302, 303 RCA/ 304, 305, 308, 309, RCA/PROSCAN 802, 808
PROSCAN 310, 311, 312, 313,
Admiral 327 Toshiba 806, 807
329
(M. Ward) * If an Aiwa VCR does not work even
Realistic 309, 324, 328, 330, though you enter the code for Aiwa, enter
Aiwa* 338, 344 335, 338 the code for Sony instead.
Audio Dynamic 314, 337 Sansui 314
Broksonic 317, 319 Samsung 313, 321, 322
Canon 308, 309 Sanyo 330, 335
Citizen 332 Scott 312, 313, 321, 323,
Craig 302, 332 324, 325, 326, 335
Criterion 315 Sharp 327, 328
Curtis Mathes 304, 309, 338 Signature 2000 327, 338
Daewoo 309, 312, 341 (M. Ward)
DBX 314, 336, 337 SV2000 338
Dimensia 304 Sylvania 308, 309, 310, 338
Emerson 316, 317, 318, 319, Symphonic 338
320, 341 Tashiro 332
Fisher 330, 335 Tatung 314, 336, 337
Funai 338 Teac 314, 336, 337, 338
General Electric 304, 309, 329 Technics 308, 309
Go Video 322, 339, 340 Toshiba 311, 312
Goldstar 332 Wards 327, 328, 331, 332,
Hitachi 304, 305, 306, 338 335
Instant Replay 308, 309 Yamaha 314, 330, 336, 337
49
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Using Other Equipment with Your Remote Control

To operate other equipment connected to your TV, first turn to page 48 and
program the necessary code. For operating video equipment, press
TV/VIDEO repeatedly until you see the video input on screen for your
connected equipment. Remote control tips are provided below.
Operating a VCR
To Do This ... Press To Do This ... Press
Activate the remote control FUNCTION repeatedly until Stop x
to operate the VCR the DVD/VCR indicator Fast forward M
lights up. Rewind the tape m
Turn on/off SAT/CABLE Pause X
Change channels CH +/ Search the picture forward M or m during playback
Record z REC or backward (release to resume normal
Play playback)
Operating a Satellite Receiver

Activate the remote control to FUNCTION repeatedly until Display channel number DISPLAY
operate the satellite receiver the SAT/CABLE indicator Display SAT Index INDEX
lights up. Display SAT Guide GUIDE
Turn on/off SAT/CABLE Display SAT Menu MENU
Select a channel 0-9, ENTER Move highlight (cursor) VvBb
Change channels CH +/ Select item
Back to previous channel JUMP
Operating a Cable Box

Activate the remote control to FUNCTION repeatedly until Select a channel 0-9, ENTER
operate the cable box the SAT/CABLE indicator Change channels CH +/
lights up. Back to previous channel JUMP
Turn on/off SAT/CABLE
Operating a DVD Player

Activate the remote control FUNCTION repeatedly until Pause X
to operate the DVD the DVD/VCR indicator Step through different M to fast forward or m
lights up. tracks of the disc to step backward
Turn on/off SAT/CABLE Step through different chapters of CH+ to fast forward or CH
Play a video disc to step backward
Stop x
Operating an MDP (Laserdisc Player)

Activate the remote control FUNCTION repeatedly until Pause X
to operate the MDP the indicator of the position Search the picture forward M or m during playback
you programmed for the or backward (release to resume normal
MDP player lights up. playback)
Turn on/off SAT/CABLE Search a chapter forward or CH +/
Play backward
Stop x
50
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Special Buttons on the Remote Control

This TV comes with convenient features that can be accessed using special
buttons on the remote control.
Using the GUIDE This TV is equipped to show program information if it is available from the
Button station. The Program Guide lets you review program information, and select
both analog and digital channels.
To display the Program Guide:
Watching the TV
1 Tune your TV to a channel by using the 0-9, , and ENTER buttons.
2 Press GUIDE on the TVs remote control. The Program Guide will
appear with the currently selected program showing in the background.
Channel number,
call letters, etc.
Program title and
description,
program duration,
Make Way for Ducks! C23.1
Series follows the aquatic misadventures of Henry and Riley, two
time remaining, wayward ducks on a unique mission. FAM
rating information, Time remaining: 1:26 TV-G CC
closed-caption 1 ABC
availability, etc. 10 DISC
23.1 FAM
36 TLC
Selectable 65 HIST
channel list. 68 SHOW
Program information in the guide is provided by the broadcasters.

As a result, it may sometimes include only the channel number,
without a program title or description.
(Continued)
51
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Using the Program Guide

The Program Guide allows you to select the channels from a drop down list.
The Guide also provides information about the current program being shown
on each channel.
Make Way for Ducks! C23.1

Series follows the aquatic misadventures of Henry and Riley, two
wayward ducks on a unique mission. FAM
Time remaining: 1:26 TV-G CC
1 ABC
10 DISC
23.1 FAM Alternate Video Main
36 TLC Alternate Audio Video 1
65 HIST Video 2
68 SHOW Video 3
Subchannels are additional channels of programming broadcast

simultaneously. For example, channel 4 might include three
subchannels (4.1, 4.2, 4.3) that are showing programs at the same
time.
Using the Program Options Setting

The Program Options setting allows you to customize the program settings
on the currently tuned channel.
Option Description
Alternate Each program has a main video stream (the video that you see when
Video the channel is first tuned), and may have alternate video streams. This
(When option allows you to switch among these alternate video streams.
available)
Alternate Each program has a main audio stream (the audio you hear when the
Audio channel is first tuned), and may have alternate audio streams. This
(When option allows you to switch among these alternate audio streams (e.g.,
available) for different languages).
52
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Using the WIDE Wide screen mode lets you watch 4:3 normal broadcasts in several wide
Button screen modes (16:9 aspect ratio).
4:3 Original source 16:9 Original source
(Standard definition source) (High definition source)
Wide Mode
Wide Zoom
Wide Mode
Wide Zoom
Wide Mode
Normal
Wide Mode
Full
Watching the TV
Wide Mode
Full
Wide Mode
Zoom
Wide Mode
Zoom
z When the TV receives a When the TV receives a 720p or 1080i signal, the Normal Wide Mode
720p or 1080i signal setting is not available.
that is 4:3 aspect ratio
picture with a black bar
Changing the Wide Mode
at each side, Full
returns the picture to its
4:3 Original source 16:9 Original source
original size.
Standard definition High definition
z You can also access the
Wide Mode settings in
the Screen settings. For
details, see page 88.
Wide Zoom
Normal
This mode is not available
Full
Zoom
53
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Using the JUMP The JUMP button allows you to jump back and forth between the current
Button channel and the last channel that was selected.
Previous channel
Using the FREEZE The FREEZE button allows you to temporarily capture a programs picture.
Button You can use this feature to write down information such as phone numbers,
recipes, etc.
To cancel FREEZE and return to normal viewing, press the FREEZE button
again.
Current
program in Frozen
progress picture
Freeze
54
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Using Twin View

Twin View lets you see two pictures from two sources from an antenna,
VCR, DVD, etc. on the screen at the same time. You hear the sound from
only one of the sources at a time, but you can choose which sources sound
is selected. You can also change the relative size of each of the pictures.
Displaying Twin To display Twin View

Pictures 1 Make sure your TV is tuned to a working channel.
Watching the TV
2 Press .
A second picture appears. A mark appears above the activated
picture.
, C8.1
FOX
Video 1
DVD
To cancel Twin View and watch the active picture

Press again (or press ).
Activating the You can use the B or b buttons to activate the left and right pictures while
Picture using Twin View.
To activate the right picture To activate the left picture

Press b. Press B.
C8.1
FOX
Video 1
DVD , C8.1
FOX
Video 1
DVD
(Continued)
55
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Functions available in the active window

Tune to a channel To tune to analog channels, press 0-9 and then
ENTER.
For digital subchannels, press 0-9, ,
press 0-9 again, and then ENTER.
For example, to select subchannel 21.13, press

2+1+ +1+3, and then press ENTER.
Adjust the volume Press VOL +/.
Mute the sound Press MUTING (press again or press VOL +
to restore the sound).
Switch the TVs input between Press ANT.
sources connected to the TVs
VHF/UHF and CABLE inputs
Switch the TVs input between Press TV/VIDEO.
sources connected to the TVs A/V
inputs
Change the picture size Press V or v. (For details, see Changing the
Picture Size on page 57.)
Factors Affecting Twin View

If you use a cable box to view all channels, the same channel appears in
both windows because the cable box unscrambles and sends only one
channel at a time. (To view the picture in dual picture features such as
Twin View, Freeze, etc., see Cable Box and Antenna on page 25.)
If you use a cable box and other video equipment, you can view the
cable box output in one window and view a different source (such as a
VCR or DVD player) in the second window by using the TV/VIDEO
button.
Digital TV channels, as well as any sources connected to the HD/DVD
IN 4-5, and HDMI IN 6-7 inputs display in the left window, but not the
right.
If you are viewing a 4:3 source and a 16:9 enhanced source (such as a
DVD) side by side, the 4:3 source appears larger.
Twin View does not display channels that are blocked by parental lock
settings (see page 92).
56
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Changing the The zoom feature lets you change the size of the left and right pictures.
Picture Size To enlarge the To enlarge the
left picture right picture
(reduce the right) (reduce the left)
1 Press B to 1 Press b to
activate the left activate the
picture (if not right picture
already (if not already
Watching the TV
activated). activated).
2 Press V to 2 Press V to
enlarge the enlarge the
picture and v to picture and v to
reduce the reduce the
picture. picture.
When you adjust the picture sizes in Twin View, the TV memorizes
the change. The next time you use the Twin View function, the
memorized sizes appear.
57
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Using Favorite Channels

The Favorite Channels feature lets you select programs from a list of up to
16 favorite channels that you specify. You can create a list using the
Favorite Channels option in the Channel setting, or by using the Add to
Favorites feature in the Favorite Channels guide.
Using the Channel 1 Press MENU to display the setting.

Menu 2 Press V or v to highlight the Channel icon and press .
z For details on using the 3 Press to select Favorite Channels.
Channel setting, see
page 90.
4 Use the 0-9 and ENTER buttons to enter the channel number that you
want to assign to the favorite channel number. A preview of the
highlighted channel appears in the upper right of the screen.
Digital channels do not display in the preview window.
Press to select that channel as a favorite channel.
To enter digital channel numbers in step 4, use the 0-9, , 0-9

and ENTER buttons.
5 To add more channels to your favorites list, repeat step 4.

To clear a favorite channel, press V or v to highlight the channel you
want to clear. Press RESET.
6 Press MENU to exit the setting.
58
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Using the Favorite 1 Press FAVORITES.

Channels Guide The Favorite Channels list appears.
Preview of
highlighted
Favorite
Favorite Channels Channel
Add to Favorites
1 8.14 PBS
2 15.8 NBC
3 27 HGTV
Favorite
Watching the TV
4 45.12 TNT Channels
5 98 CNN
6 112.3 ESPN
7 120 NICK
2 Press V or v to highlight the channel you want to watch. A preview of

the highlighted favorite channel appears.
Digital channels do not display in the preview window.
To add the current channel to the list of Favorite Channels, highlight

Add to Favorites and press .
3 Press to select the channel you want to watch.
To change your Favorite Channels list or delete a channel from the list,
highlight Edit Favorites and press .
59
2-637-151-11(1)
Watching the TV
Using the PC Input

The PC Input feature allows you to connect a personal computer to your TV
so you can play PC content through the TV's large display and audio
speakers.
For details on how to connect a personal computer to your TV, see

Personal Computer on page 41.
Displaying the PC To display the PC screen:

Screen Press TV/VIDEO repeatedly until VIDEO 8 (PC) appears.
You can change the settings for the PC input while the TV is
displaying the PC screen. For details, see pages 85, 87, and 99.
Notes on the PC Input Feature

If the i.LINK button on the remote control is pressed while the TV is
displaying the PC screen, the following message will appear: Feature
Not Available.
If the Memory Stick button on the remote control is pressed while the
TV is displaying the PC screen, the Memory Stick Index will appear on
the TV screen.
Pressing TV/VIDEO repeatedly on the remote control will skip VIDEO
8 (PC) if Twin View is in use.
60
2-637-151-11(1)
_onDT062305\01US05OPE.fm
Using the Memory Stick Viewer
About Memory Stick

Memory Stick (sold separately) is a compact, portable, and versatile
Integrated Circuit recording medium with a data capacity that exceeds that
of a floppy disk. Memory Stick is specially designed for sharing digital data
among Memory Stick compatible products such as digital cameras and
digital video cameras. Because it is removable, Memory Stick can also be
used for external data storage.

Features With the Memory Stick Viewer, you can:
View photo (JPEG) and movie (MPEG1) files in a thumbnail index or
Slide Show
Set customized Slide Show options, including transitions and
background audio
Pan, zoom, and rotate photos
Mark photos and set quantities of prints to be output when the Memory
Stick is inserted into your photo printer (not supplied)
Lock (protect) or delete files on the Memory Stick
For more information about handling Memory Stick media, see File
Compatibility on page 62.
Memory Stick This TV is compatible with the following Sony brand Memory Stick media
Compatibility types:
Memory Stick Media
Memory Stick Duo and PRO Duo Media (can be used without the
Memory Stick adaptor)
CAUTION: The Memory Stick slot on your TV has been designed to
accommodate standard and compact versions of Memory Stick. It
is not necessary to use an adaptor for Memory Stick Duo and
Memory Stick PRO Duo. If you use an adaptor, it may damage the
adaptor and Memory Stick slot.
Memory Stick Media with Memory Select Function
Memory Stick PRO Media
About Memory Stick PRO Media
Memory Stick PRO media features vary by and are dependent upon the
design of host hardware devices. Memory Stick PRO in this TV has been
tested to support up to 1 GB media capacity and does not support high-speed
transfer, MagicGate copyright protection technology, or access control
security features.
61
2-637-151-11(1)
File Compatibility The Memory Stick Viewer is compatible with JPEG images taken with Sony
digital still cameras and MPEG1* movies taken with Sony digital cameras
and camcorders. To be viewable in the Memory Stick Viewer, files must
have the following file name extensions:
* Some variations of MPEG1 movies may not play back correctly.
File Type Supported File Name Extensions

JPEG .jpg
.jpeg
MPEG1 .mpg
.mpeg
Most Sony brand digital still and video cameras automatically record still
photo and movie files using DCF compliant directory and file names.
If you selected the Digital Camera Folders option, as described on page 69,
you might want to have your digital cameras instruction manual handy in
order to check how files and directories are organized for your specific
model of digital camera.
DCF stands for Design Rules for Camera File Systems, which are
specifications established by the Japan Electronics and Information
Technology Industries Association (JEITA: formerly JEIDA).
62
2-637-151-11(1)
Inserting and Removing a Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo
Inserting a Memory Locate the Memory Stick slot and insert the Memory Stick/Memory Stick
Stick/Memory Stick Duo into the Memory Stick slot as illustrated below. When inserted properly,
Duo it should slide in with little resistance and click into place.
STD / DUO STD /DUO

Be sure to insert the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo in the
correct direction. Forcing the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo in
the wrong way may result in permanent damage to it and the TV.
Insert only Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo media into the
Memory Stick slot. Attempting to insert other objects into the
Memory Stick slot may damage the TV.
Removing a Memory 1 Check that the Memory Stick indicator is off. (When the light is on, this
Stick/Memory Stick indicates that the TV is reading data from the Memory Stick/Memory
Duo Stick Duo.)
Removing the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo while a file is being
accessed (when the Memory Stick indicator on the TVs front panel is
lit) may damage the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo or its contents.
2 Push the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo gently into the Memory
Stick slot, and then release it. The Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo
media is ejected.
When removing the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo, do not
attempt to pull it from its slot without first pushing it in to release it.
3 Pull the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo completely out of the slot.
To protect small children from injury by Memory Stick/Memory
Stick Duo media, remove all Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo
media from the TVs Memory Stick slot and store in a safe location
when not in use.
STD / DUO STD / Duo STD / Duo
63
2-637-151-11(1)
Viewing Photo or Movie Files

The Memory Stick Index enables you to view all photo or movie files
contained in a Memory Stick as thumbnails and let you choose the files you
want to display.
1 Turn on the TV and insert a Memory Stick that contains the photo or
movie files you want to view. The Memory Stick Index appears on the
screen.
Information about the highlighted

Summer 2005 / DSC0001 Jul 30, 2005 12:59PM 640x480 1 of 25
photo or movie
Highlighted thumbnail
Thumbnails of photos and

movies
Memory Stick menu bar Slide Show Contents Memory Stick
If the Memory Stick was inserted before you turn on the TV, the
Memory Stick Index will not appear on the screen. Press on
the remote control to display the Memory Stick Index.
2 Press V v B b to highlight the photo or movie you want to display.

3 Press to select.
To display the previous or next page of thumbnails

Y
Press V v B b to select , and press V v to change pages.
To exit Memory Stick Viewer

Press on the remote control.
About the Lock and Movie Icons on the Thumbnail Images

Indicates the thumbnail is a movie (MPEG1) file instead of a photo (JPEG)
file.
Indicates the thumbnail is locked. Locked files cannot be changed or deleted.
For details, see Protect on page 67.
Indicates that the photo is marked to be printed.
Indicates that the photo has an associated voice memo.
64
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Photo When you select a photo from the Memory Stick Index (described on page
Viewer 64), it displays as shown below, with the following controls.
Information about
selected photo Summer 2005 / DSC00012 Jul 30, 2005 12:59PM 640x480 12 of 25
x2
Selected photo

Previous/Next buttons
Photo menu bar Index Slide Show View File
JPEGs captured using a digital video camera may appear to

display motion in full screen. This is a result of the way digital
video cameras record still images, and is not a result of a
malfunction with the TV.

Display the previous or Press V to highlight the (Previous/Next) button.
next file on the Then press B to go to the previous file, or b to go to the
z When the menu is Memory Stick next file.
hidden, press B or b to Hide the Photo menu bar, With the highlight in the Photo menu bar, press v.
go to the previous or displaying only the photo
next photo.
Display the hidden Photo Press V.
menu bar
Play the JPEG voice memo Highlight B (Play) and then press . To pause the
( files only) voice memo, highlight X (Pause) and then press .
Display the Memory Stick Press B or b to highlight Index in the Photo menu bar
Index again and press .
For details on the Memory Stick Index, see page 64.
Access additional options See Using the Menu Bar Options on page 67.
in the Photo menu bar
Exit Memory Stick Viewer Press on the remote control.
65
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Movie When you select a movie from the Memory Stick Index (described on page
Viewer 64), it displays as shown below, with the following controls.
Information about
selected movie Summer 2005 / MOV00012 Jul 30, 2005 12:59PM 640x480 12 of 25
Selected movie
Enlarge button
Play/Pause button
Previous/Next buttons
Movie menu bar
MPEG movies recorded in VX Fine mode with Sony digital cameras

cannot be played back with the Memory Stick Viewer.

z The quality of the movie Enlarge the movie window Press V or v to highlight Enlarge, and then
when enlarged depends press . To display the movie controls again,
on the resolution of the press .
MPEG1 file. See your
Play the movie with the Press V or v to highlight B (Play) and then
cameras instruction
manual for details.
movie controls displayed press .
Pause the movie While the movie is playing, the B button changes to
the X (Pause) button.
Press V or v to highlight X (Pause) and then
press .
Display the previous or next Press V or v to highlight the (Previous/Next)
file on the Memory Stick button. Then press B to go to the previous file, or b to
go to the next file.
Hide the Movie menu bar, With the highlight in the Movie menu bar, press v.
displaying only the movie
Display the hidden Movie Press V.
menu bar
Access additional options in See Using the Menu Bar Options on page 67.
the Movie menu bar
Exit Memory Stick Viewer Press on the remote control.
66
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Menu Bar

Options Option Description
Index Displays the Memory Stick Index, with the highlight on the
currently displayed photo or movies thumbnail.
Slide Show Displays the Slide Show menu. For details, see Slide Show Option
on page 68.
View Rotate Allows you to rotate the photo in 90 degree
(only for increments clockwise or counterclockwise.
photo) 1 In the Photo menu bar, press B or b to
highlight View.
2 Press V or v to highlight Rotate.
3 To rotate clockwise, press V or v to highlight

Clockwise and press . To rotate
counterclockwise, press V or v to highlight
z JPEG/MPEG1 files that
Counterclockwise and press .
are protected are
indicated by the Lock The photo is rotated 90 degrees each time you press
icon. .
Zoom/Pan Allows you to magnify and pan across the photo.
z You cannot rotate a
1 In the Photo menu bar, press B or b to
photo that has been
highlight View.
protected.
2 Press V or v to highlight Zoom/Pan and press
z Pan is available only .
when the photo is 3 Specify the zoom center point by using
magnified using Zoom. V v B b; then press to set the center.
Use the arrow buttons to Zoom or Pan, and press
z The Print Quantity when you want to stop.
feature is also known as File Protect Allows you to protect the JPEG/MPEG1 file from
DPOF (Digital Print any changes. When a JPEG/MPEG1 file is
Order Format). protected, it cannot be rotated (only for JPEG) or
deleted. Select On or Off.
Print Allows you to indicate the number of prints to make
Quantity of the specific photo when the Memory Stick is
(only for inserted into a compatible photo printer (not
photo) supplied).
Delete Deletes the JPEG/MPEG1 file from the Memory
Stick. You cannot delete a JPEG/MPEG1 file that
has been protected (or if the Memory Stick is
locked).
(Continued)
67
2-637-151-11(1)
Slide Show Option

Option Description
Start Starts the Slide Show.
z The Slide Show menu is Music Allows you to select background audio to play during the Slide
the same whether you Show.
select it from the Off No additional background audio is played during
Memory Stick Index the Slide Show. Audio that is associated with the
(page 64), Photo JPEG or MPEG1 files will play.
(page 65), or Movie
(page 66) menus. Play Memory Plays all MP3 files on the Memory Stick. The
Stick Piano MP3 file is not played.
Piano Plays the MP3 file stored in the TVs internal
(Built-in memory.
music)
(List of MP3 Displays a list of all MP3 files found at the top level
Files) (root) of the Memory Stick. To show additional
MP3 files stored in other folders on the Memory
Stick, select Complete list.
z When you select Complete list Displays a list of all available MP3 files. The list is
Complete list, it may sorted in alphabetical order, grouped by folder.
take a moment to Transition Allows you to select an effect to be used when advancing to the next
display the list of all Effect file in the Slide Show.
MP3 files.
Slide Allows you to specify when to advance to the next slide.

Advance
Fast Slide advances after about 3 seconds.
Medium Slide advances after about 6 seconds.
z Some JPEG files may
take longer to display Slow Slide advances after about 12 seconds.
than others, which may Manual Slide advances only after you press B or b.
make it seem longer advance
than the interval you File Determines whether file information is displayed. Select On or Off.
selected for Slide Information
Advance.
Repeat On Slide Show continuously loops.
Off Slide Show plays once through all files and ends.
68
2-637-151-11(1)
Contents Options
Option Description
Select Allows you to select different folders to view in the Memory Stick
Folder Viewer.
Digital Camera Selects all folders within the directories
Folders defined by the DCF rules used by Sony digital
cameras (see page 62). JPEG and MPEG1
files in those directories are recognized even if
they do not conform to the DCF file naming
rules.
Select a Folder Allows you to access individual folders on the
Memory Stick.

File Order Allows you to change the order in which the Memory Stick files are
displayed.
z The Rotate and Protect Date Order Displays files in chronological order by
functions do not change modification date.
the files modification
Date Order Displays files in reverse chronological order
date.
Reverse by modification date.
Alphabetical Displays files in alphabetical order by
filename.
Filter Allows you to selectively display specific file types within the
selected folder.
Show Photos and Displays all readable files.
Movies
Show Photos Displays only photo (JPEG) files.
Only
Show Movies Displays only movie (MPEG1) files.
Only
Show All Print Displays all files marked with the Print Mark
Marks feature, regardless of the currently selected
folder. For details, see Print Quantity (only
for photo) on page 67.
Memory Stick Options

The Memory Stick menu displays the current status of the Memory Stick,
including total capacity, used capacity, and free capacity.
69
2-637-151-11(1)
Memory Stick When using Memory Stick media, follow these precautions:
Precautions To avoid permanent damage to still image data, do not turn off the TV
or remove Memory Stick media from the insertion slot while data is
being read (as indicated by the Memory Stick indicator light being on).
Avoid touching the terminal of Memory Stick media or bringing it into
contact with a metal object.
Do not drop, bend, or submit Memory Stick media to external shock.
Do not disassemble or modify Memory Stick media.
Avoid getting liquid on Memory Stick media.
Apply labels only within the designated label area.
Label Area
To avoid permanent damage to still image data, do not use or store

Memory Stick media in a location subject to:
High temperature (such as near a heater or inside a hot car)
High humidity
Direct sunlight
Corrosive substances
Magnetic fields
Excessive dust
Static electricity or electric noise
Electric surges
Store and carry Memory Stick media in its original case to ensure
protection of stored data.
Save a backup of stored data.
When using the Memory Stick Duo, insert it without using the Memory
Stick Duo adaptor. For details, see page 63.
70
2-637-151-11(1)
Memory Stick Sony cannot guarantee or assure the Memory Stick functionality on this TV
Functionality in the following cases:
You are using non-Sony brand Memory Stick media.
You are using video or audio clips that have been processed on a
computer.
You are using files that were obtained from the Internet or from a
printed film processing center.
The Memory Stick has been formatted on a personal computer.
Sony recommends that you back up all data stored on Memory Stick media
to avoid potential data loss. In the above cases, in order to avoid potential

data corruption, be sure to back up data prior to use with the TVs Memory
Stick Viewer. Sony cannot accept responsibility in the event that data
recorded to Memory Stick media is lost or damaged. For certain non-Sony
brand Memory Stick media, you can view images, but you cannot rotate,
delete or protect/unprotect images on the TV. An error message will occur if
you attempt any of these operations. This is a result of the unique file
directory structure on these particular flash memory media and is not a
malfunction of the TV.
71
2-637-151-11(1)
2-637-151-11(1)
_onDT062305\01US05LINK.fm
Using i.LINK
Connecting i.LINK Devices

This TV has three S400 i.LINK terminals (one on the front panel, and two
on the back panel). You can use the following i.LINK cables with this TV:
Sony Model Length

VMC-IL4415 1.5 meters
4-pin i.LINK cable VMC-IL4435 3.5 meters
Using i.LINK
Do not use cables other than the ones listed above.
i.LINK provides a secure digital interface to other digital home

entertainment devices, such as digital VCRs, digital camcorders, set-top
boxes, and other devices that also are equipped with i.LINK. i.LINK allows
for the secure transfer of copyright-protected digital content between these
devices and your digital television.
All products with an i.LINK connector may not communicate with each
other.
Before connecting this unit to i.LINK-compatible equipment, read

the instruction manual of the i.LINK device to be connected.
To connect a digital i.LINK device (using only a digital signal)

1 Using an i.LINK cable, connect the devices i.LINK jack to any of the
TVs i.LINK jacks.
To connect an i.LINK device that supports an EIA-775A connection

1 Using an i.LINK cable, connect the devices i.LINK jack to any of the
TVs i.LINK jacks.
2 Using an A/V cable, connect the i.LINK devices A/V output jacks to
the TVs VIDEO 3 A/V input jacks.
Only one i.LINK cable should connect the TV and any given i.LINK
device.
(Continued)
73
2-637-151-11(1)
Using i.LINK
i.LINK cable
Rear of TV Cables are often color-
coded to connectors.
HD/DVD IN
Connect red to red,
VIDEO IN CONTROL S
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
IN OUT
white to white.
1 3 4 5
DIGITAL AUDIO
(OPTICAL)
OUT i.LINK-equipped device
PCM/DOLBY DIGITAL
S400 AUDIO
i.LINK OUT
(DV/HDV/MICROMV/TV) (VAR/FIX)
AUDIO-R
AUDIO-L
VIDEO
A/V cable

Set up a digital i.LINK For digital i.LINK devices (devices that require only the
device i.LINK connection), no setup is necessary. The TV
automatically recognizes the device as soon as the
connection is made.
Set up an i.LINK device 1 Connect analog A/V cables to the VIDEO 3 input (see
that supports an EIA- page 73).
775A analog connection 2 Use the i.LINK Control Panel to activate the analog
connection to your i.LINK device (see page 75).
Notes on Connecting i.LINK Devices

To connect two or more i.LINK devices, use i.LINK cables to connect them
as shown below.
A B C D E
i.LINK i.LINK i.LINK i.LINK
You can connect up to 63 i.LINK devices. However, the maximum number

of cables in any serial route is 16.
A B C D E
i.LINK i.LINK i.LINK i.LINK
F G
i.LINK i.LINK
Do not connect i.LINK devices in a way that creates a loop.

i.LINK
A B C
i.LINK i.LINK
Connecting non-compatible devices, such as PCs or PC peripherals, may

result in malfunctions.
74
2-637-151-11(1)
Using i.LINK
Selecting an i.LINK Device

Before an i.LINK device can be viewed, it must first be selected via the
i.LINK Device List.
1 Connect the i.LINK device that you wish to operate.
For instructions on connecting i.LINK devices, see page 73.
2 Press i.LINK on the media receiver unit or the remote control.

i.LINK Device List
DTV
Sony DTV
Digital VCR
Status:
Viewing.
Using i.LINK
The TV (DTV), along with all devices connected by i.LINK to the TV,
appear on the i.LINK Device List.
Devices that are not supported by the TV appear on the Device List as
Other Device, but cannot be controlled using the TVs remote control
or on-screen i.LINK Control Panel. For these devices, use the remote
control supplied with the device.
3 Press V or v to navigate among the i.LINK-connected devices.
i.LINK devices can be connected to one another and to the TV

while the TV is powered on. The Device List will automatically
update to include the newly connected device. See page 73 for
more information on connecting i.LINK devices.
4 Press to select the desired device and display the devices i.LINK
Control Panel. Use the i.LINK Control Panel to operate the selected
device. For details, see page 76.
75
2-637-151-11(1)
Using i.LINK
Using the i.LINK Control Panel

After you select an i.LINK device using the Device List, the TV displays the
i.LINK Control Panel, which allows you to use the TVs remote to control
the selected i.LINK device.
1 If the i.LINK Control Panel is not already displayed, press i.LINK on the
remote control.
If i.LINK is pressed while the TV is displaying an analog or digital

channel (not the i.LINK device), then the Device List will appear.
Select the desired device from the list and press to display the
Control Panel.
2 Press V v B b on the remote control to navigate through the options

available in the i.LINK Control Panel.
3 Press to select a desired option.
4 Press EXIT to exit the Control Panel and view the i.LINK device in full-
screen.
To exit i.LINK mode, select DTV from the Device List or press
CH +/.
i.LINK Back to Device List Power

Control Panel
Setup Swap Audio
52.3 Exit i.LINK Full Screen VICTOR HM-DH35000
The DTV window appears only if the

i.LINK menus were entered while
watching a digital TV channel
Status: Playing. 00:00:31
The i.LINK Control Panel displays the signal from the TV to the left on
screen (if available), and the signal from the currently selected device to the
right on screen.
76
2-637-151-11(1)
Using i.LINK

Go to the Device List Press V v B b to highlight Back to Device List and press .
Change the audio being played from the Press V v B b to highlight Swap Audio and press . An icon appears next
TV to the current selected device, and to the window that currently has sound.
vice versa
Play a recording from the selected Press V v B b to highlight and press .
i.LINK camcorder or digital VCR
Fast-forward or rewind a recording from Press V v B b to highlight or and press .
the selected i.LINK camcorder or digital
VCR
Record from TV to the selected i.LINK If the (Record) button is available, press V v B b to highlight
digital VCR and press .
Stop a recording from the selected Press V v B b to highlight and press .
i.LINK digital VCR
Using i.LINK
Turn the selected device power on and Press V v B b to highlight Power and press .
off
Setup the selected device Press V v B b to highlight Setup and press . For more details on Setup,
see page 78.
Notes About Controlling i.LINK Devices

You can control the functions of the selected i.LINK device by using the equivalent buttons on the TVs
remote control. To program the remote control to operate i.LINK devices, see Programming the
Remote Control on page 48.
Some options on the i.LINK Control Panel may not be available, depending on the device being
controlled.
Only i.LINK-equipped digital camcorders and digital VCRs can be controlled directly through the
i.LINK Control Panel.
Not all functions are supported for all i.LINK devices.
If you are using a digital VCR, turn off any Auto LINC functionality of the VCR. For details, see the
digital VCRs user manual.
77
2-637-151-11(1)
Using i.LINK
i.LINK Setup
You can use the i.LINK Control Panel to access digital setup options, some
of which are also available through the Program Guide (described on page
52).
To set up the selected device:

Press V v B b to highlight Setup and press .
i.LINK Control Panel
Back to Device List Alternate Video Power
Setup Alternate Audio Swap Audio
Analog Video Full Screen
888.888 Sony DV-VCR
The following options are displayed:

Option Description
Alternate Each program has a main video stream (the video that you see
Video when the channel is first tuned), and may have alternate video
(when available) streams. This option allows you to switch among these alternate
video streams.
Alternate Each program has a main audio stream (the audio that you hear
Audio when the channel is first tuned), and may have alternate audio
(when available) streams. This option allows you to switch among these alternate
audio streams (e.g., for different languages).
Analog Video The TV is able to accept an analog signal from a selected set-top
box. The set-top box must be EIA-775A compliant and must be
connected to the TVs VIDEO 3 input. To associate the device
with the TVs analog VIDEO 3 input, press V or v to select
Analog Video and press . All EIA-775A-compliant devices
will be shown in the list. Select the desired device from the list
and press .
Notes on i.LINK
The TV can act as an i.LINK repeater, so that i.LINK signals are relayed to another device even when
the TV is powered off. To enable this feature, set the i.LINK Standby option to On using the Setup
setting as described on page 97.
Parental Lock settings apply to the signal from a selected device. For more details, see page 92.
78
2-637-151-11(1)
_onDT062305\01US07MEN.fm
Using the Settings
Overview
The Settings give you access to the following features:
(Depending on the signal tuned, you may see different Setting options on
your screen. Settings displayed here are with the 720p signal.)
Settings Allows you to set/change

Video Picture Mode (page 81) Game Mode (page 82)
Antenna Iris (page 81) Advanced Video (page 82)
Video
Picture (page 81)
Picture Mode Standard Brightness (page 81)
Iris Max Color (page 81)
Picture 58
Brightness 31
Hue (page 81)
Color 31 Sharpness (page 81)
Using the Settings

Hue 0
Color Temp. (page 82)
Sharpness 25
Color Temp. Cool Noise Reduction (page 82)
Noise Reduction Medium Direct Mode (page 82)
Audio Sound Mode (page 86)

Antenna
Treble (page 86)
Audio
Bass (page 86)
Sound Mode Dynamic Balance (page 86)
Treble 32
Bass 32
Steady Sound (page 86)
Balance 0 Effect (page 86)
Steady Sound Off MTS (page 87)
Effect Dolby Virtual
MTS Stereo
Audio Out (page 87)
Audio Out Variable Speaker (page 87)
Speaker On
Screen Wide Mode (page 88)

Antenna Game Picture (page 88)
Screen
4:3 Default (page 89)
Wide Mode Full Overscan (page 89)
Game Picture 0
4:3 Default Off
Vertical Center (page 89)
Overscan Normal Vertical Size (page 89)
Vertical Center 0
Vertical Size 0
(Continued)
79
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Settings Allows you to set/change

Channel Favorite Channels (page 90)
Antenna
Channel Fix (page 90)
Channel
Digital Channels (page 90)
Favorite Channels
Auto Program (page 90)
Channel Fix Off
Digital Channels
Show/Hide Channels (page 91)
Auto Program Label Channels (page 91)
Show/Hide Channels
Label Channels
Parental Lock Parental Lock (page 92)

Antenna Change Password (page 93)
Parental Lock
Select Country (page 93)
Password
Setup Caption Vision (page 96)

Antenna Info Banner (page 96)
Setup
Label Video Inputs (page 96)
Caption Vision Off Language (page 97)
Info Banner On
Label Video Inputs
i.LINK Standby (page 97)
Language English Menu Color (page 97)
i.LINK Standby
Menu Color
Off
Gray
High Altitude (page 97)
High Altitude Off Power Saving (page 97)
Power Saving Standard
Applications Memory Stick (page 101)

Antenna i.LINK (page 101)
Applications
Clock/Timers (page 101)
Memory Stick Diagnostics (page 102)
i.LINK
CableCARD (page 102)
Clock/Timers
Diagnostics
CableCARD
80
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Accessing the Video Settings
MENU
1. Press MENU.......................... Antenna
Video
Custom settings
Picture Mode Standard Vivid
2. Highlight ............................... Iris Max

Standard
Pro
Picture 58
Brightness 31
Color 31
3. Press to select ...................... Hue 0

Sharpness 25
Color Temp. Cool
To highlight an option and to change settings, Noise Reduction Medium
press V v B b.
Press to confirm the selection.
To exit the Video settings, press .
Selecting Video The Video settings include the following options:
Using the Settings

Picture Mode Vivid Select for enhanced picture contrast and sharpness.
z To quickly and easily Customized Standard Select for standard picture settings. Recommended for
change from one picture home entertainment.
Picture Mode to viewing Pro Select to display a picture with minimum
another, use PICTURE enhancements.
on the remote control. You can alter the Video settings (Picture, Brightness,
Color, etc.) for each Picture Mode and each video
input.
You can set up a Picture Mode (Vivid, Standard, Pro)
independently for each Video input (Video 1-Video 7,
including the Antenna input). Your Picture Mode
settings are automatically saved after each selection.
This allows you to customize the Picture Mode
setting for each type of signal source.
Iris Adjust the contrast levels.
Picture Adjust to increase picture contrast and deepen the color or decrease
picture contrast and soften the color.
Brightness Adjust to brighten or darken the picture.
Color Adjust to increase or decrease color intensity.
Hue Adjust to increase or decrease the green tones.
Sharpness Adjust to sharpen or soften the picture.
(Continued)
81
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Option Description
Color Temp. Choose from three color temperatures:
White Cool Select to give the white colors a blue tint.
intensity
Neutral Select to give the white colors a neutral tint.
adjustment
Warm When Pro is selected in Picture Mode, select to give
the white colors a red tint.
Noise Select to reduce the noise level of connected equipment. This also
Reduction reduces the noise level to the signal from the VHF/UHF jack. Select
from High, Medium, Low and Off.
z Direct Mode and Game
Direct Mode On Select for a natural, soft picture.
Mode are not available
when watching 480p Off Select to turn off the Direct Mode.
and 720p sources, or Game Mode On Select to optimize the lipsync when playing games.
when using multi- Off Select to turn off the Game Mode.
picture functions (Twin Advanced Select Program to choose among the options described below.
View, Freeze, or Video DRC Mode Creates a high-resolution picture with 4 x density, for
Memory Stick). Available in high quality sources (i.e., DVD player, satellite
Custom receiver).
Picture Mode 1 Recommended for moving pictures.
Mode Mode 2 Recommended for still images and
text.
CineMotion Provides an optimized display by
automatically detecting film content
and applying a reverse 3-2 pulldown
process. Moving pictures will appear
clearer and more natural-looking.
DRC Mode is not available when using multi-picture
functions (Twin View, Freeze or Memory Stick), or
when Direct Mode is set to On or Game Mode is set to
On; also not available when watching 480p or 720p
sources.
82
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Option Description
Advanced DRC Allows you to customize the level of detail (Reality)
Video Palette and smoothness (Clarity) for up to three input sources.
(Continued) For example, you can create one Custom setting to
optimize your cable inputs picture, and create another
to optimize your DVD players picture. You can
switch among the three Custom settings.
1 Press the arrow buttons to highlight Custom 1,
Custom 2, or Custom 3 and then press .
The DRC palette appears.
Custom 1
Press to exit
Reality
(25)
Clarity
(1)
Using the Settings

2 Press the arrow buttons to adjust the position of
the marker (z). As you move the z higher along
the Reality axis, the picture becomes more
detailed. As you move the z to the right along
the Clarity axis, the picture becomes smoother.
3 To save the setting, press .
To return the Custom options to the default factory
settings, press the RESET button.
DRC Palette is not available when watching 480p and
720p sources, using multi-picture functions (Twin
View, Freeze or Memory Stick), or when Direct Mode
is set to On or Game Mode is set to On.
z The following settings BN Select to reduce noise caused by digital video
are available, when Smoother encoding and decoding process. It is especially
Picture Mode is set to effective for watching a DVD or digital TV picture.
Pro; Advanced Iris, Select from High, Medium, Low and Off.
Color Corrector, DTE, BN Smoother may not be effective for some
Clear White, Detail connected equipment.
Enhancer, Black
Corrector, Gamma
BN Smoother is not available when watching 480p,
720p, and 1080i sources, or when using multi-picture
Corrector, White
functions (Twin View, Freeze or Memory Stick).
Balance.
Advanced Allows you to enhance the black color in dark images
Iris by controlling the iris automatically and improves its
contrast by increasing the amplitude of the image.
(Continued)
83
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Option Description
Advanced Color Select to make the colors more vivid. Select from
Video Corrector High, Low, and Off.
(Continued) DTE Select to enhance the texture of the picture. Select
from High, Medium, Low, and Off.
Clear White Select to emphasize the white colors. Select from On
or Off.
Detail Select to sharpen picture definition. Select from High,
Enhancer Medium, Low, and Off.
Black Select to enhance the black colors to give the picture
Corrector strong contrast. Select from High, Medium, Low, and
Off.
Gamma Select to adjust the balance between bright and dark
Corrector areas of the picture. Select from High, Medium, Low,
and Off.
White Select to fine-adjust the white color intensity by
Balance changing the red, green and blue levels. Select Adjust
to choose among the R-Gain, G-Gain, B-Gain, R-
Bias, G-Bias, and B-Bias options. To restore the
factory default setting of White Balance, select
Initial Set.
84
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Selecting PC Video To display the PC screen:

Options See Using the PC Input on Video Text
page 60. Display Mode Text
Iris
Picture
Brightness
Color Temp. Cool
Adjust the picture settings

Resolution x / Hz
MENU Exit
The PC Input Video setting includes the following options:

Option Description
Display Mode Video Select to view video images.
Text Select to view text, charts or tables.
Iris Adjust the contrast levels.
Picture Adjust to increase or decrease picture contrast.
Using the Settings

Brightness Adjust to brighten or darken the picture.
Color Temp. Choose from three color temperatures:
Cool Select to give the white colors a blue tint.
Neutral Select to give the white colors a neutral tint.
Warm Select to give the white colors a red tint.
Reset Select to restore the factory default settings.
85
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Accessing the Audio Settings
MENU
1. Press MENU ........................ Antenna
Audio
Custom settings
Sound Mode Dynamic Dynamic
2. Highlight ............................. Treble 32 Clear Voice

Bass 32 Custom
Balance 0
Steady Sound Off
3. Press to select..................... Effect Dolby Virtual

MTS Stereo
Audio Out Variable
Speaker On
To highlight an option and to change settings,
press V v B b.
To exit the Audio settings, press .
Selecting Audio The Audio settings include the following options:

Sound Dynamic Select to enhance treble and bass.
z Treble/Bass setting is Mode Clear Voice Suitable for spoken dialog.
available only when
Sound Mode is set to Custom Flat setting.
Custom. Treble Adjust to increase or decrease higher-pitched sounds.
Bass Adjust to increase or decrease lower-pitched sounds.
Balance Adjust to emphasize left or right speaker balance.
Steady Auto Select to stabilize the volume across all programs
Sound and commercials.
Off Select to turn off Steady Sound.
Steady Sound is not available when Effect is set to
Dolby Virtual, TruSurround or Simulated.
Effect Dolby Virtual Select for surround sound (for Dolby surround
encoded programs only).
z TruSurround attempts to TruSurround Select for surround sound (for stereo programs
create the same only).
surround effect Simulated Adds a surround-like effect to mono programs.
produced by a
Off Normal stereo or mono reception.
multichannel system
using the left and right
speakers.
86
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Option Description
MTS Stereo Select for stereo reception when viewing a program
Enjoy stereo, broadcast in stereo.
bilingual and Auto SAP Select to automatically switch to second audio
mono programs when a signal is received. (If no SAP
programs signal is present, the TV remains in Stereo mode.)
Mono Select for mono reception. (Use to reduce noise
during weak stereo broadcasts.)
MTS is available only for analog programs.
Audio Out This option can be set only when the Speaker option is set to Off.
Easy control Variable The TVs speakers are turned off, and the audio
of volume output from your audio system can still be
adjustments controlled by the TVs remote control.
Fixed The TVs speakers are turned off, and the audio
output of the TV is fixed. Use your audio receivers
volume control to adjust the volume (and other
settings) through your audio system.
Using the Settings

Speaker On Select to turn on the TV speakers.
Off Select to turn off the TV speakers and listen to the
TVs sound only through your external audio
system speakers.
Selecting PC Audio To display the PC screen:

Options See Using the PC Input on Audio
page 60. Sound Mode Natural
z RESET button does not
operate when PC Audio
options is selected.
Adjust the sound settings
Resolution x / Hz
MENU Exit
The PC Input Audio setting includes the following option:

Option Description
Sound Mode Dynamic Select to enhance treble and bass.
Clear Voice Suitable for spoken dialog.
Natural Flat setting.
87
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Accessing the Screen Settings
MENU
Screen
Automatic sizing for 4:3 pictures
Wide Mode Full
2. Highlight ............................. Game Picture 0
4:3 Default Off
Wide Zoom
Overscan Normal
Normal
Vertical Center 0 Full
3. Press to select ..................... Vertical Size 0 Zoom
Off

press V v B b.
To exit the Screen settings, press .
Selecting Screen The Screen settings include the following options:

Options
Option Description
z Wide Mode is not Wide Mode Wide Zoom Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture, to fill the 16:9
available when using screen, keeping the original image as much as
Select a screen
the Freeze function possible.
mode to use for
(page 54).
4:3 sources. Normal Select to return the 4:3 picture to its original
size and aspect ratio.
Normal is not available when you are watching
720p or 1080i sources.
Full Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture horizontally
only, to fill the display area.
Zoom Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture horizontally
and vertically to an equal aspect ratio that fills
the wide screen.
To change from one Wide Mode setting to another, use the WIDE
button on the remote control (see page 46).
Game Picture Allows you to move the position of the picture left and right in
the window. (This feature also allows you to adjust the picture
from any connected equipment.) Select while watching the
picture to be adjusted. The TV stores the position in memory
for each input.
Press B or b and press to choose a correction between +10
and 10.
88
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Option Description
z If 4:3 Default is set to 4:3 Default Wide Zoom Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture, to fill the 16:9
anything but Off, the screen, keeping the original image as much as
Select the default
Wide Mode setting possible.
screen mode to
changes only for the
use for 4:3 Normal Select to return the 4:3 picture to normal
current channel. When
sources. mode.
you change channels
(or inputs), Wide Mode Full Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture horizontally
is automatically only, to fill the display area.
replaced with the 4:3 Zoom Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture horizontally
Default setting. To retain and vertically to an equal aspect ratio that fills
the current Wide Mode the wide screen.
setting as channels and Off Select to continue using the current screen
inputs are changed, set mode setting when the channel or input is
4:3 Default to Off. changed.
Overscan Normal Select to display the picture within the normal
viewing area of the screen.
+1 or +2 Select to reduce the size of the picture to show
Using the Settings

the overscan (i.e. the portion of the picture
outside of the normal viewing area).
Vertical Center Allows you to move the position of the picture up and down in
the window. (Available only in Zoom and Wide Zoom mode.)
Press V or v and press to choose a correction between +10
and 10.
Vertical Size Allows you to adjust the vertical size of the picture. (Available
only in Zoom and Wide Zoom mode.)
Press V or v and press to choose a correction between +10
and 10.
89
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Accessing the Channel Settings
MENU
Channel
Program favorite channels
Favorite Channels Program
2. Highlight ............................. Channel Fix

Digital Channels
Off
Auto Program
Show/Hide Channels
Label Channels
3. Press to select .....................

press V v B b.
To exit the Channel settings, press .
Selecting Channel The Channel settings include the following options:

Favorite Lets you set up a list of your favorite channels. For details, see
Channels Using Favorite Channels on page 58.
Channel Fix Off Turns off Channel Fix.
Useful when you 2-6 Fix your TVs channel setting to one channel (2-6)
have a cable box and use the cable box, VCR or satellite receiver to
or satellite change channels. Select one of these settings if you
receiver connected have connected the device to the VHF/UHF jack.
C2C6 Fix your TVs channel setting to C2C6 (CABLE
input) and use the cable box or satellite receiver to
change channels.
Video 1, 4 Use when connecting a cable box. TV output should
be connected through the cable box.
Digital Channels Add Automatically adds the channel list on the TV for all
receivable digital channels for current input. Select
to start the Add.
Auto Program Automatically sets up the channel list on the TV for all receivable
channels for the current input (VHF/UHF or CABLE). Select to start
the Auto Program.
Auto Program may take between 20-50 minutes to
complete. A progress bar will display the
approximate progress of the Auto Program and
Digital Channels/Add sequences.
Auto Program will create a list of receivable
channels for the current input (VHF/UHF antenna
or CABLE). You will be required to run Auto
Program for each RF input to create a list of
available channels from both inputs.
90
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Option Description
Show/Hide Allows you to show or hide channels that appear in the Program
z Channels that you set to
Channels Guide and when you use the CH+/- buttons to channel surf.
Hidden can only be
Channels that are set to Hidden do not appear in the Program
accessed with the 0-9
Guide or when you use the CH+/- buttons.
buttons.
1 Press V or v to highlight the channel that you want to show
or hide.
To move between the Major and Digital subchannel lists,
press B or b.
2 To change a channels setting to Shown or Hidden, press
.
3 To show or hide more channels, repeat steps 1 and 2.
If you select to hide or show a major digital channel, all the sub-
channels are automatically hidden or shown. To show or hide an
individual sub-channel within a digital channel, you must
individually select that sub-channel to show or hide.

Using the Settings

If you hide all sub-channels of a major digital channel, that digital
channel is automatically set to Hidden.
Label Channels Allows you to assign labels (such as station call letters) to
channel numbers.
1 Press V or v to scroll through the channel numbers. Then
press to select the channel number that you want to
assign a label.
2 Press V or v to scroll through the label characters (A-Z, 0-
9, etc.). Then press to select the highlighted character.
Repeat to add characters to the label.
3 Press B to return to the Channel setting, or press MENU to
exit the settings.
91
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Accessing the Parental Lock Settings
MENU
Parental Lock
Press to change settings
Parental Lock Off Off
2. Highlight ............................. Change Password Child

Select Country U. S. A. Youth
Y. Adult
Custom
3. Press to select .....................

press V v B b.
To exit the Parental Lock settings, press .
The Parental Lock setting allows you to set up the TV to block programs according to their content and rating levels.
You need your password for any future access to the Parental Lock
settings. If you have lost your password, see Lost password. on
page 113.
Selecting Parental The Parental Lock settings include the following options:
Lock Options Option Description
Parental Lock Off Turn Parental Lock off. No programs are
Turn ratings on/off and blocked from viewing.
select a rating system Child Maximum ratings permitted are:
U.S.: TV-Y, TV-G, G
Canada: C, G, TV-Y
Youth Maximum ratings permitted are:
U.S.: TV-PG, PG
Canada: C8+, PG, 8 ans+, TV-PG
z If you are not familiar Y. Adult Maximum ratings permitted are:
with the Parental U.S.: TV-14, PG-13
Guideline rating system, Canada: 14+, 13 ans+, TV-14
you should select Child,
Youth, or Y.Adult to help Custom Select to set ratings manually.
simplify the rating U.S.: See page 94 for details.
selection. To set more Canada: See page 95 for details.
restrictive ratings, select
Custom.
92
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Option Description
Change Password Select to change your password.
Select Country U.S.A. Select to use U.S.A. ratings (see page 94).
Canada Select to use Canadian ratings (see page 95).
To deactivate the parental control feature

Set Parental Lock to Off when in the Parental Lock setting.
To change the password
z For descriptions of
1 In the Parental Lock setting, use the arrow buttons to highlight Change
Password, and press to select it.
Child, Youth, and
Y.Adult ratings, see 2 Enter a new four-digit password using the 0-9 buttons.
page 92.
3 Confirm the new password by entering it again.
4 Press MENU to exit the setting screen.
Using the Settings

Viewing Blocked You can view a blocked program by entering the password.
Programs 1 Press ENTER when tuned to a blocked program.
2 Enter your password using the 0-9 buttons.
Parental Lock will be canceled temporarily until you turn your TV off.
93
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Selecting Custom US custom rating options

Rating Options If you selected U.S.A. as the country of residence on page 93, the Custom
Rating setting includes the following options. (If you selected Canada, see
z To ensure maximum page 95.)
blocking capability, the
age-based ratings Option Description
should be blocked. Movie Rating G All children and general audiences.
PG Parental guidance suggested.
PG-13 Parental guidance for children under 13.
R Restricted viewing, parental guidance is suggested
for children under 17.
NC-17 No one 17 and under.
and X
TV Rating Age-Based Options
Block programs TV-Y All children.
by their rating, TV-Y7 Directed to children age 7 and older.
content or both
TV-G General audience.
TV-PG Parental guidance suggested.
TV-14 Parents strongly cautioned.
TV-MA Mature audience only.
Content-Based Options
FV Fantasy violence.
D Suggestive dialog.
L Strong language.
S Sexual situations.
V Violence.
z If you select Block, be Unrated Allow Allows programs and movies that are broadcast
aware that the following without a rating.
Block programs
programs may be
or movies that are Block Blocks all programs and movies that are broadcast
blocked: news, sports,
broadcast without without a rating.
weather, emergency
a rating
broadcasts, political
programs, public
service
announcements, and The content ratings will increase depending on the level of the age-
religious programs. based rating. For example, a program with a TV-PG V (Violence)
rating may contain moderate violence, while a TV-14 V (Violence)
rating may contain more intense violence.
94
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Canadian custom rating options

If you selected Canada as the country of residence on page 93, the Custom
Rating setting includes the following options. (If you selected U.S.A., see
page 94.)
Option Description
English Rating C All children.
C8+ Children 8 years and older.
G General programming.
PG Parental guidance.
14+ Viewers 14 and older.
18+ Adult programming.
French Rating G General programming.
8 ans+ Not recommended for ages under 8.
Using the Settings

18 ans+ Programming restricted to adults.
U.S.A. Rating See TV Rating on page 94 for details.
95
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Accessing the Setup Settings
MENU
1. Press MENU....................... Antenna
Setup
Select Caption Vision options
Caption Vision Off On
2. Highlight ............................ Info Banner

Label Video Inputs
On Off
Program
Language English
i.LINK Standby Off
Menu Color Gray
3. Press to select .................... High Altitude Off
Power Saving Standard

press V v B b.
To exit the Setup settings, press .
Selecting The Setup settings include the following options:

Setup Options Option Description
Caption Vision Allows you to select from four closed caption modes (for
programs that are broadcast with closed captioning).
On Caption Vision is turned on.
Off Caption Vision is turned off.
Program Allows you to set basic and advanced
Caption Vision options. See
Programming Caption Vision on
page 98.
Info Banner Set to On or Off. Select On to display the program name, time
remaining and other information (if the broadcaster offers this
service). Also displays when the channel is changed or the
DISPLAY button is pressed.
Label Video Allows you to label the audio/video equipment you have
Inputs connected to the TV so you can identify them when using the
TV/VIDEO button to select inputs.
1 Press V or v to highlight an input to label, then press
to select it.
2 Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the labels.
3 Press to select the equipment you connected to each of
the input jacks on your TV.
Select Skip if you do not have any equipment connected to
a particular input.
96
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Option Description
Label Video Video 1-3 Video 1-3, VHS, DVD, Receiver,
Inputs Satellite, Cable Box, 8mm, DTV,
(Continued)
Game, LD, Beta, Skip
Video 4-7 Video 4-7, DVD, Satellite, Cable Box,
DTV, HD, Game, PVR, Skip
Video 8 (PC) Video 8 (PC), Skip
If you select Skip, your TV skips the selected
connection when you press TV/VIDEO.
Language Select to display all on-screen settings in your language of
choice: English, Espaol, Franais.
i.LINK Standby On Allows the i.LINK signal to pass
through to connected i.LINK devices
even when the TV is turned off. The
front panel POWER/STANDBY LED
z If a CableCARD is inserted, shows red. The TV uses more standby
the i.LINK Standby Off power than when this option is set to
Off.
Using the Settings

setting uses the same
amount of power as the Off Does not allow the i.LINK signal to
i.LINK Standby On setting. pass through to connected i.LINK
devices when the TV is turned off.
The TV uses less standby power than
when this option is set to On.
Menu Color Enables you to select a specific color for the on-screen settings:
Gray, Red, Green, Indigo and Purple.
High Altitude Select On to use the TV at an altitude of 5,000 feet (1,500 m) or
higher. Select Off to use the TV at normal altitude.
Power Saving Standard Select to view picture without the
benefit of Power Saving.
Reduced Select to view picture with reduced
power consumption. The picture
becomes darker, but also enhances the
black level.
97
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Programming If you selected the Program option under Caption Vision (see page 96), you
Caption Vision can change the following settings:
Option Description
Basic Allows you to select basic analog (EIA-608) closed caption options.
CC1, CC2, Displays a printed version of the dialog or sound
CC3, CC4 effects of a program. (Should be set to CC1 for most
programs.)
Text1, Text2, Displays network/station information presented using
Text3, Text4 either half or the whole screen (if available).
Advanced Allows you to select advanced digital (EIA-708) closed caption
options. Select from the available options.
Digital CC Allows you to set digital closed captioning to Basic (digital EIA-608)
or Advanced (digital EIA-708).
Advanced Allows you to make additional settings for digital (EIA-708) closed
Settings caption options. Select from As Broadcast, Small Text, Large Text,
and Custom.
Custom Allows you to customize the following settings:
Character Size Small, Standard,
Large
Character Style Style 1-7
Character Color Color 1-8
Edge Color Color 1-8
Edge Type None, Raised,
Depressed,
Outline,
Left shadow,
Right shadow
Background Color None, Color 1-8
Window Color None, Color 1-8
98
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Selecting PC Setup To display the PC screen:

Options See Using the PC Input on Setup
page 60. Auto Adjustment
Phase
z When there is no signal Pitch
input, settings for the Horizontal Center
Vertical Center
PC Setup options
except Power Adjust PC setup options
Management cannot be Resolution x / Hz
MENU Exit
changed.
The PC Input Setup setting includes the following options:
Option Description
Auto Select to automatically adjust the display position of the picture
Adjustment when the TV receives an input signal from the connected PC.
Note that Auto Adjustment may not work well with certain
input signals. In such cases, manually adjust the options below.
Phase Select to adjust the phase when the screen flickers.
Using the Settings

Pitch Select to adjust the pitch when the picture has unwanted
vertical stripes.
Horizontal Select to adjust the horizontal position of the picture.
Center Allows you to move the picture left and right in the window.
Press B or b and press to choose a correction between +63 and -64.
Vertical Center Select to adjust the vertical position of the picture.
Allows you to move the picture up and down in the window.
Press B or b and press to choose a correction between +63 and -64.
Wide Mode Normal Select to display the picture in its original size.
Full 1 Select to enlarge the picture to fill the display area,
keeping its original horizontal-to-vertical ratio.
Full 2 Select to enlarge the picture to fill the display area.
A black frame will appear on the surrounding of
the picture.
When using SXGA signals and Wide Mode is set to
Normal, the top and bottom of the picture will be
z A warning message will cropped. When it is set to either Full 1 or Full 2 with
appear before switching SXGA signals, the picture will appear in reduced size.
to the power saving
Power On Select to automatically switch to the power
mode.
Management saving mode when there is no signal input for
10 minutes.
POWER/STANDBY LED will light up in red when
your TV is in the power saving mode.
Off Select to turn off Power Management.
Reset Select to restore the factory default settings.
(Continued)
99
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
PC Input Signal Compatibility Chart
Resolution Horizontal Vertical frequency VESA standard

Signal Horizontal (Pixel) Vertical (Line) frequency (kHz) (Hz)
VGA 640 400 31.5 70 *
720 400 31.5 70 *
640 480 31.5 60 *
640 480 37.9 72
640 480 37.5 75
640 480 43.3 85
SVGA 800 600 35.1 56
800 600 37.9 60
800 600 48.1 72
800 600 46.9 75
800 600 53.7 85
XGA 1024 768 48.4 60
1024 768 56.5 70
1024 768 60 75
1024 768 68.7 85
WXGA 1280 768 47.8 60
SXGA 1280 1024 64 60
*: Corresponding to the VGA signal
This TV does not support Sync on Green or Composite Sync.

If a signal other than in the above chart is input, it may not be displayed properly or may not be
displayed as you set. Normal display mode is not available when the signal other than 60 is used
for Vertical frequency.
For best results, use a Vertical frequency of 60 for your PC.
If unsupported signals are used, you will see the message, Unsupported Signal.
100
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Accessing the Applications Settings
MENU
1. Press MENU ....................... Antenna
Applications
Start Memory Stick application
Memory Stick Start
2. Highlight............................. i.LINK
Clock/Timers
Diagnostics
CableCARD
3. Press to select ...................

press V v B b.
To exit the Applications settings, press .
Using the Settings

Selecting The Applications settings include the following options:
Applications Option Description
Options
Memory Stick Start Displays the Memory Stick Viewer.
z You can also use the i.LINK Start Displays the i.LINK Device List. For
MEMORY STICK and details, see page 75.
i.LINK buttons on the Clock/Timers Select to set the clock and to program your TV to turn on and
remote control. off at two scheduled viewing times.
Sleep Allows you to select the amount of
time (Off, 15 minutes, 30 minutes,
45 minutes, 60 minutes or 90
minutes) that you want the TV to
remain on before shutting off
automatically.
Timer 1 You can use the Timers to program the
Timer 2 TV to turn on and off and tune to a
specific channel at two scheduled
viewing times.
Timer 1 and Timer 2 cannot be set until you set the Current
Time.
1 Press V or v to highlight Timer 1 or Timer 2. To set the
timer, press b.
To go directly to programming Timer 1 or 2, press
instead of pressing b.
(Continued)
101
2-637-151-11(1)
Using the Settings
Option Description
Clock/Timers
(Continued) 2 Press V or v to highlight one of the following options, then
press .
Program Select to set the Timer by day, time,
duration, and channel.
Off Select to turn off the Timer. (Your
previous settings are saved.)
3 If you selected Program in step 2, press V and v to set the
day(s), hour, minute, AM/PM, duration, and channel
number. Press or press b to confirm each setting and
move to the next setting.
Press B to go back to the previous setting.
4 Press MENU to exit the setting screen. An LED on the
front panel will light, indicating the Timer has been set.
Current Time You can set the current time.
1 Press to select Current Time.
2 Press V and v to set the current time (day, hour, minute,
and AM/PM). Press (or press b) to confirm each
setting and move to the next setting. Press B to go back the
previous setting.
3 Press MENU to exit the setting screen.
Diagnostics Display diagnostics information about the TV. This can be
useful in providing information to an authorized technician or
repair person.
CableCARD This list of selectable CableCARD options will vary, depending
on your cable service provider.
102
2-637-151-11(1)
_onDT062305\01US08OTH.fm
Other Information
Overview
This chapter includes the following topics:
Topic Page
Contacting Sony 103
Replacing the Lamp 104
Troubleshooting 108
Specifications 115
Optional accessories: 116
Index 117
Contacting Sony
If, after reading these operating instructions, you have additional questions
related to the use of your Sony television, please call our Customer
Information Services Center.
Other Information
For US residents: 1-800-222-SONY (7669)
or visit
http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/
For Canadian residents: 1-877-899-SONY (7669)
or visit
http://www.sonystyle.ca/tv/
Before calling Sony customer support, please write down the model and
serial numbers of your TV. Youll find this information on the front cover of
this manual.
103
KLV-19/KLV-23
2-637-151-11(1)
Other Information
Replacing the Lamp

The projection lamp, which illuminates the picture, has a limited life.
If the screen becomes dark, the color looks unusual, or the LAMP indicator
on the front of the TV flashes, this indicates the lamp needs to be replaced
with a new one (not supplied).
WARNING
Electric appliances can cause fire or high temperature, resulting in
injury or death. Be sure to follow the instructions below.
Use a Sony XL-5100 replacement lamp (not supplied) for replacement.

Use of any other lamp may damage the TV.
Do not remove the lamp for any purpose other than replacement. Doing
so may cause injury or fire.
Do not put flammable materials and metal objects inside the lamp
receptacle of the TV after removing the lamp. Doing so may cause fire
or electrical shock. Do not touch the lamp receptable once the lamp has
been removed.
sound. This is normal and it is inherent to this type of lamp.
unit is designed to contain all of the broken glass pieces inside the lamp
unit.
The lamps contain mercury. For proper disposal of the used lamps,
follow and observe the local ordinances. See page 107.
104
KLV-19/KLV-23
2-637-151-11(1)
Other Information
How to Replace the 1 Turn off the power on the main unit. Wait several minutes, then unplug
Lamp the power cord.
(The cooling fan will continue to operate for about two minutes after
turning the power off.)
2 Wait at least 30 minutes after unplugging the power cord to allow the
lamp to cool down before replacing it. To avoid being burned, do not
touch the lamp receptacle once the lamp has been removed.
3 Take the new lamp out of its package.
Do not touch the glass portion of the new lamp.
Do not shake the lamp. Vibration can damage the lamp or
shorten its life.
Avoid touching the front glass of a new lamp or the glass of the
lamp receptacle. This may reduce picture quality or lamp life.
4 Turn the screw with a screwdriver counterclockwise and remove the

outside lamp cover.
Other Information
5 Pull out the lamp.
Place your index finger through the hoop of the lamp handle and pull it
upwards, while placing your thumb on the dent on the top. Then pull
the lamp out.
The lamp is very hot after use. Never touch the glass portion of the
lamp or the non-designated surrounding parts (shown in gray).
After the used lamp has cooled, place it into the empty box of the
replacement lamp. Never put the used lamp into a plastic bag.
(Continued)
105
KLV-19/KLV-23
2-637-151-11(1)
Other Information
6 Place the lamp halfway in. Follow the gutter in the compartment to
mount the new lamp securely.
Hold this part of the lamp
The lamp compartment is tilted, as shown in the following

illustration.
7 Slide it in slowly by pressing the PUSH part of the front corners of the
lamp until it stops with a firm clicking sound to lock.
PUS
H
PUS
H
To ensure the lamp is securely installed, press the area marked

PUSH before closing the lamp cover.
If the lamp is not securely reattached, the self-diagnostic function

may be triggered and the POWER/STANDBY indicator flashes in
red three times (see page 12).
106
KLV-19/KLV-23
2-637-151-11(1)
Other Information
8 Place the outside lamp cover back in its place. Turn the screw with a
screwdriver clockwise and secure the cover.
Consult your Sony dealer for a Sony XL-5100 replacement

lamp.
Take great care when replacing the lamp or plugging
in/unplugging the connecting cords. Rough handling may
cause the TV to fall, damaging the TV, the TV stand and the
floor.
The used lamp
Other Information
This product contains mercury. Disposal of this product may be regulated if
sold in the United States. For disposal or recycling information, please
Do not leave the used lamp near flammable materials or within the
reach of children.
Do not pour water onto the used lamp or put any object inside the lamp.
Doing so may cause the lamp to burst.
For replacement lamp information visit:

U. S. residents: http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/
Canadian residents: http://www.sonystyle.ca/tv/
107
KLV-19/KLV-23
2-637-151-11(1)
Other Information
Troubleshooting
Twin View
Problem Possible Remedies
I cannot get Twin View to If you are using a cable box to unscramble all channels (as shown on page 25),
work. you cannot use the Twin View feature. This is because the cable box can
unscramble only one channel at a time.
You can use Twin View to view a signal from a different source that is connected
to the TVs A/V jacks (such as a VCR or DVD player) in the second window by
pressing TV/VIDEO while in Twin View.
Sources connected to the VIDEO 4, VIDEO 5, VIDEO 6 and VIDEO 7 inputs, as
well as digital sources display only in the left Twin View window.
Twin View is not available when using VIDEO 8 (PC) IN or i.LINK input.
There is no Twin View window, Be sure the Twin View window is set to a video input or channel that has a signal
or it is just static. airing.
You might be tuned to a video input with nothing connected to it. Try cycling
through the video inputs by pressing TV/VIDEO.
Twin View cannot display Try cycling through the video inputs by pressing TV/VIDEO. Check that the
anything but TV channels. Label Video Inputs option is not set to Skip. (See the Setup setting on page 96.)
Twin View displays the same Both Twin View windows might be set to the same channel. Try changing
program in both windows. channels in either window.
Remote Control
Remote control does not The batteries could be weak. Replace the batteries.
operate. Check the orientation of the batteries.
Press FUNCTION repeatedly until the TV indicator lights up. You may have
inadvertently pressed FUNCTION, which changes the remote control to SAT or
CABLE mode.
Make sure this units power cord is connected securely to the wall outlet.
Locate the unit at least 3-4 feet away from fluorescent lights.
If the High Temperature Warning! message appears, turn off the TV and wait
until the TVs projection lamp cools down (approximately 5 minutes). If the
remote control still does not work, make sure to dust the ventilation slots on the
rear of the TV and the cooling fan to provide adequate ventilation around the TV.
Cannot change channels with If you are using the TV to change channels, first press FUNCTION repeatedly
the remote control. until the TV indicator lights up.
If you are using another device to change channels, be sure you have not
inadvertently switched your TV from the channel 3 or 4 setting. Use the Channel
Fix option to Fix the channel based on the hookup you used (see page 90).
If you are using another device to change channels, be sure to press FUNCTION
for that device. For example, if you are using your cable box to change channels,
be sure to press FUNCTION repeatedly until the SAT/CABLE indicator lights up.
108
KLV-19/KLV-23
2-637-151-11(1)
Other Information

Remote control does not If you replaced the batteries to the remote recently, the code numbers for the video
operate non-Sony video equipment may need to be reset.
equipment. There may be more than one code for the equipment that you are attempting to
operate.
There is a possibility that some non-Sony equipment cannot be operated by your
Sony TV remote. You may need to use the equipments original remote control.
CableCARD Device
Problems using CableCARD Check that the CableCARD is inserted properly (see page 32).
device or CableCARD services. The CableCARD device must be activated by your local cable TV provider before
you can receive digital cable TV services. See the activation instructions on page 32.
Check the Diagnostics and CableCARD setting options (see page 102). (This can
be useful in providing information to an authorized technician or repair person.)
Contact your cable TV provider.
If you have moved, ask the CableCARD provider in your new location for a new
CableCARD.
Other Information
Memory Stick
Image does not display/Cannot Some variations of MPEG1 movies may not play back correctly.
see all files. Make sure the image file is a JPEG (.jpg, .jpeg) file or an MPEG1 (.mpg, .mpeg) file.
Make sure the Memory Stick is inserted properly (see page 63).
Check the Filter option setting (see page 69).
Check the Select Folder setting (see page 69) and ensure that files are either in
DCF directories if Digital Camera Folders is selected (see page 69), or in the
currently selected folder if Select a Folder is selected (see page 69).
The maximum number of files the Memory Stick Viewer can display is 2,000 files
total, including all JPEG, MPEG1, and MP3 files.
JPEG image displays JPEGs captured using a digital video camera may appear to display motion in full
undesirable motion or flicker in screen. This is a result of the way digital video cameras record still images, and is
full screen. not a result of a malfunction with the TV.
Rotation not saved after The Memory Stick might be locked. Unlock the Memory Stick and try rotating the
Memory Stick is ejected or image again.
Memory Stick Viewer is closed. The file might not have information (EXIF data) that is usually generated when a
digital camera records a photo. In this case, it is not possible to save the rotation.
There might be insufficient space on the Memory Stick to save the rotated file. Try
deleting one or more files and rotating the image again.
Cannot show (or hide) file Set the File Information option to On or Off (see page 68).
information in full screen or
Slide Show.
Cannot see menu. Press V to display the menu again.
(Continued)
109
KLV-19/KLV-23
2-637-151-11(1)
Other Information

Cannot hear audio while Check the TVs volume or Speaker (see page 87) settings.
using Memory Stick. To hear JPEG voice memo, select the Digital Camera Folders option and set the
Filter option to Show All Print Marks.
Check that the Music option is not set to Off (see page 68).
Not all MP3 files on Memory The Memory Stick Viewer can display a maximum of 2,000 files total, including
Stick are included when the all JPEG, MPEG1, and MP3 files.
Music/Complete List option is Make sure that the file is named with the file extension (.mp3).
selected (page 68).
MP3 files on the Memory Stick Only MP3 files that are named with the file extension (.mp3) are displayed in the
are not listed. list.
Music files are playing in wrong MP3 files are played in alphabetical order, according to the folder in which they
order. are stored. If you want to change the playlist order, rename your files
alphabetically in the order in which you want them to play or create a MP3 playlist
(.m3u file) on a PC.
Cannot see MP3 list to play MP3 files on your Memory Stick only can be played as background music during a
music. Slide Show (see page 68).
MPEG1 movie does not Some variations of MPEG1 movies may not be compatible with the Memory Stick
play back correctly. Viewer.
MPEG movies recorded in VX Fine mode with Sony digital cameras cannot be
played back with the Memory Stick Viewer.
MPEG1 quality is poor when The quality of the movie when enlarged depends on the resolution of the MPEG1
enlarged (page 66). file. See your cameras instruction manual for details.
Error message is displayed. No Memory Stick There is no Memory Stick in the slot.
Memory Stick is The lock mechanism on the Memory Stick is engaged.
locked
Memory Stick error The Memory Stick in the slot might be damaged; try a
different Memory Stick.
Format Error The Memory Stick may have been formatted using a PC
or other device that is not compatible with cameras.
Error icon is displayed. The file is not a valid MPEG1 or JPEG format, or it is a
progressive JPEG (which is not supported).
The thumbnail is not DCF-compatible.
The file is a JPEG or an MPEG1, but the thumbnail is

unreadable.
The file is unreadable.
110
KLV-19/KLV-23
2-637-151-11(1)
Other Information
Video
No picture (screen not lit), no If your TV does not turn on, and a red light keeps flashing, your TV may need
sound. service. Call your local Sony Service Center.
Make sure the power cord is plugged in.
Press POWER on the front of the TV.
Press TV/VIDEO to cycle through the connected video sources.
Try another channel; it could be station trouble.
Dark, poor or no picture Adjust the Picture Mode option in the Video setting (see page 81).
(screen lit), good sound. Adjust the Brightness option in the Video setting (see page 81).
Check the antenna/cable connections.
No color/dark picture/color is Adjust the Color option in the Video setting (see page 81).
not correct.
Only snow and noise appear on Check the antenna/cable connections.
the screen. Try another channel; it could be station trouble.
Press ANT to change the input mode (see page 46).
Dotted lines or stripes. Adjust the antenna.
Move the TV away from noise sources such as cars, neon signs, or hair dryers.
Other Information
Double images. Using a highly directional outdoor antenna or a cable may solve the problem.
Black box on screen. You have selected a text option in the Setup setting and no text is available. (see
page 96 to reset Setup selections.) To turn off this feature, set the Caption Vision
option to Off. If you were trying to select closed captioning, select CC1 instead of
Text 1-4.
Black bands appear at the top Some wide-screen programs are filmed in aspect ratios that are greater than 16:9
and bottom of the screen. (this is especially common with theatrical releases). Your TV will show these
programs with black bands at the top and bottom of the screen. For more details,
check the documentation that came with your DVD (or contact your program
provider).
Certain programs on DVD or The compression used by certain digital broadcasts and DVDs may cause your
other digital sources display a TVs screen to display less detail than usual, or cause artifacts (small blocks or
loss of detail, especially during dots, pixelations) to appear on your screen. This is due to your TVs large screen
fast-motion or dark scenes. and ability to show very fine detail, and is normal for certain digitally recorded
programs. Adjust the reality/clarity in the DRC Palette setting (see page 83) to
optimize the picture while viewing these sources.
Audio
Good picture, no sound. Press MUTING so that Muting disappears from the screen (see page 46).
Make sure the Speaker option is set to On in the Audio setting (see page 87).
Make sure the MTS option is set to Stereo or Mono (see page 87).
When the HDMI IN input is in use, surround sound, such as AC-3 and DTS, cannot
be input. Change the sound setting for the external input device to Linear PCM.
(Continued)
111
KLV-19/KLV-23
2-637-151-11(1)
Other Information

Audio noise. Communication problems may occur if infrared communication equipment (e.g.,
infrared cordless headphones) is used near the TV. Please use headphones other
than cordless headphones. Also, if you use infrared communication equipment
other than infrared cordless headphones, move the infrared transceiver away from
the TV until the noise is eliminated, or move the transmitter and receiver of the
infrared communication equipment closer together.
Cannot gain enough volume Increase the volume of the cable box using the cable boxs remote control. Then
when using a cable box. press FUNCTION repeatedly until the TV indicator lights up and adjust the TVs
volume.
Sound seems weak or The TVs audio might be set to Auto SAP or Mono, when it might be better set to
insufficient. Stereo. In the Audio setting (see page 87), set the MTS setting to Stereo. If
already set to Stereo, switch to Mono (which may reduce background noise
during weak stereo broadcasts).
Cannot raise the volume on If the Speaker option is set to Off and the Audio Out option is set to Fixed (in
external speakers. order to output the sound to your audio system), use your audio receiver to adjust
the sound (see page 87). Or, to use the TV remote control, set the Audio Out
option to Variable.
To turn on the TV speakers, set the Speaker option to On (see page 87).
Channels
Cannot receive upper channels Press ANT to select the VHF/UHF input (see page 46).
(UHF) when using an antenna. Use Auto Program in the Channel setting to add receivable channels that are not
presently in the TVs memory (see page 90).
TV is fixed to one channel. Use Auto Program in the Channel setting to add receivable channels that are not
presently in the TVs memory (see page 90).
Check your Channel Fix settings (see page 90).
Cannot receive any channels Use Auto Program in the Channel setting to add receivable channels that are not
when using cable TV. presently in the TVs memory (see page 90).
Press ANT to select the CABLE input (see page 46).
Cannot receive or select Use Auto Program in the Channel setting to add receivable channels that are not
channels. presently in the TV memory (see page 90).
Some digital cable channels are Certain cable companies have limitations on the broadcast of digital cable
not being displayed. channels. Check with your cable company for more information.
The digital cable channel may be set to Hidden in the Channel setting (see page
91).
112
KLV-19/KLV-23
2-637-151-11(1)
Other Information
General
How to reset TV to factory Turn on the TV. While holding down the V button on the remote control, press the
settings. POWER button on the TV. (The TV will turn itself off, then back on again.)
Release the V button.
WARNING: The reset will clear all of your customized settings including
Parental Lock setting.
How to restore Video settings Press RESET on the remote control while in the Video setting (see page 81).
to factory settings. The supplied method will not work for Advanced Video settings.
How to restore Audio settings Press RESET on the remote control while in the Audio setting (see page 86).
to factory settings.
Cannot cycle through the other Be sure the Label Video Inputs option is not set to Skip (see page 96).
video equipment connected to
the TV.
Cannot operate the settings. If a setting option appears in gray, this indicates that the setting option is not
available.
Lost password. In the password screen (see page 80), enter the following master password: 4357.
The master password clears your previous password; it cannot be used to
Other Information
temporarily unblock channels.
TIMER LED on front panel is The LED (see page 16) blinks when the TV is turned on, then shuts off when the
lit. picture is displayed. If the red LED blinks continuously, this may indicate the TV
needs service. When lit, indicates that the timer is set (see page 16). When the
timer is set, this LED will remain lit even when the TV is turned off.
POWER/STANDBY LED If the LED blinks three times, the lamp cover may not be attached securely (see
blinks in red. page 106). The LED blinks two times if there is an abnormal rise in temperature
inside the TV when any ventilation openings are blocked.
The signal from an i.LINK device is being shown.
LAMP LED blinks in red. Replace the lamp (see page 104).
The replacement lamp does not The screw of the lamp cover may be slanted. Take out the screw, insert it straight
light up. into the screw hole, and then tighten it completely (see page 104).
Digital cable box does not If you are connecting a VCR and digital cable box using a splitter, as described on
work. page 37, you must use a special bi-directional splitter that is designed to work
with your digital cable box. Contact your cable provider for details.
Cannot record digital channels Only analog channels can be recorded to your VCR.
to VCR.
TV cabinet creaks. When the TV is in use, there is a natural rise in temperature, causing the cabinet to
expand or contract and may be accompanied by a slight creaking noise. This is not
a malfunction.
A slight creaking noise occurs Advanced Iris applies a mechanical iris system. When Advanced Iris is turned
from the bottom part of the TV. On/Off, a natural creaking noise occurs due to the basic structure of the optical
unit. The creaking sound is an inherent nature of this system and is not a defect.
The cooling fan is loud. If the TV is used at high altitudes and High Altitude is set to On, the cooling fan
runs faster and its sound becomes louder. If the TV is not used at high altitudes,
set High Altitude to Off (see page 97).
(Continued)
113
KLV-19/KLV-23
2-637-151-11(1)
Other Information

"High Temperature Warning!" This message will appear when there is a rise in temperature inside the TV. Make
message appears. sure to remove dust from the ventilation slots on the rear and both sides of the TV.
In addition, make sure that there are no obstacles in front of the ventilation slots.
If no blockage is found, you may need to set High Altitude mode to On,
otherwise the TV will turn off. With High Altitude set to On, if the message
reappears and TV turns off again, the TV may need servicing. Call your local
Sony Service Center.
The signal from a selected If you have several i.LINK devices connected and operating at once, the TV may
i.LINK device is not being not be able to display the signal from the selected device. Turn the other i.LINK
displayed. devices off, and reselect the desired i.LINK device.
If you are using a digital VCR, turn off any Auto LINC functionality of the VCR.
For details, see the digital VCRs user manual.
The TV does not turn on. The TV cools down its projection lamp when the power is turned off. It takes up to
two minutes for the picture to come back after the TV is turned on again. Wait for
a while until the picture comes back.
114
KLV-19/KLV-23
2-637-151-11(1)
Other Information
Specifications
Projection System 3 SXRD Panel, 1 lens projection system
SXRD Panel 0.61 inch SXRD panel 6,220,800 pixels (2,073,600 3)
Projection Lens High Performance, large diameter hybrid lens F2.5
Antenna 75 ohm external terminal for VHF/UHF
Lamp UHP lamp, 120W, XL-5100
Television System NTSC American TV Standard
ATSC (8VSB terrestrial) ATSC compliant 8VSB
QAM on cable ANSI/SCTE 07 2000
Visible Screen Size KDS-R50XBR1: 50 inches
(picture measured diagonally) KDS-R60XBR1: 60 inches
Channel Coverage Terrestrial (analog) 2-69
Cable TV (analog) 1-125
Terrestrial (digital) 2-69
Cable TV (digital) 1-135
Power Requirements 120V, 60 Hz
Inputs/Outputs
Other Information
HDMI IN 2 total Video: 1080i, 720p, 480p, 480i
Audio: Two channel linear PCM 32, 44.1 and
48 kHz, 16, 20 and 24 bit
Not compatible with compressed
sound, such as AC-3 and DTS.
Video (IN) 3 total (1 on front panel) 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negative
S Video (IN) 3 total (1 on front panel) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync
negative
C: 0.286 Vp-p (Burst signal), 75 ohms
Audio (IN) 6 total (1 on front panel) 500 mVrms (100% modulation)
Impedance: 47 kilohms
Component Video Input 2 (YPBPR) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync
negative
PB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
PR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
CONTROL S (IN) 1 Mini jack
CONTROL S (OUT) 1 Mini jack
AUDIO OUT (VAR/FIX) 1 500 mVrms at the maximum volume setting
(Variable)
500 mVrms (Fixed)
Impedance (output): 2 kilohms
AUDIO OUT jacks are operable
only when the TVs Speaker is set
to Off. For details, see page 87.
(Continued)
115
KLV-19/KLV-23
2-637-151-11(1)
Other Information
PC IN D-sub 15-pin, analog RGB, 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms, positive

See the PC Input Signal Compatibility Chart on page 100.
i.LINK 3 total (1 on front panel) 4-pin S400 i.LINK terminal
RF Inputs 2
Digital Audio Optical Output 1 Optical Rectangular (1)
(PCM/Dolby Digital)
CableCARD Slot PCMCIA Type I/II
Speaker Output 15 W (L), 15 W (R)
Dimensions (W H D) KDS-R50XBR1 1,453 863 478 mm (57 1/4 34 18 7/8 inches)
KDS-R60XBR1 1,674 1,009 514 mm (66 39 3/4 20 1/4 inches)
Mass KDS-R50XBR1 43kg (94 lb. 13 oz.)
KDS-R60XBR1 51kg (112 lb. 7 oz.)
Power Consumption
In Use 240 W
In Standby 0.5 W
In i.LINK/CableCARD Standby Less than 30 W
Supplied Accessories
Remote Control RM-Y914
AA (R6) Batteries 2 supplied for remote control
Operating Instructions 1
Quick Setup Guide 1
Warranty 1
Product Registration Card 1
Optional accessories:
HDMI cable
HDMI-to-DVI cable
Component video cable
S VIDEO cable
A/V cable
Audio cable
Optical cable
Control S cable : RK-G69
TV Stand : SU-GW12
Theatre Stand System : RHT-G2000
Lamp : XL-5100
i.LINK cables: VMC-IL4415 (4-pin to 4-pin, 1.5 meters); VMC-IL4435 (4-pin to 4-pin, 3.5 meters)
The availability of optional accessories depends on stock.
Non-metric weights and measures are approximate.
116
KLV-19/KLV-23
2-637-151-11(1)
Index
_onDT062305\01US09IX.fm
Index
0 9 buttons 47 programming 98 E
4:3 Default 89 CH +/ button 47 Effect 86
Change Password 93 English Rating 95
A CHANNEL +/ button 16 EXIT button 47
About Using the CableCARD Channel Fix 90
Device 32 Channel settings 80, 90 F
Adding channels to the channel Channel Show/Hide 91 Favorite Channels
list 91 Channels setting up 90
Adjusting audio, Steady Sound Auto Program 90 using 58
86 creating labels 91 FAVORITES button 47
Advanced Iris 83 Clear White 84 Features 9
Alternate Audio 52 Clock/Timers 101 File 67
Alternate Video 52 Closed caption modes 96 File Information 68
ANT button 46 Color Corrector 84 File Order 69
Applications settings 80, 101 Color Temp., adjusting 82, 85 Filter 69
AUDIO OUT 19 Color, adjusting 81 Freeze 54
Audio Out 87 Connecting FREEZE button 47, 54
AUDIO OUT jack, described 19 Audio receiver 43 French Rating 95
Cable box 2526 FUNCTION button 46
Audio receiver, connecting 43 DVD player 39
Audio settings 79, 86 Personal Computer 41
Auto Program 90 Satellite receiver 27
G
VCR 3637 Game Mode 82
B Game Picture 88
Balance, adjusting 86 D Gamma Corrector 84
Bass, adjusting 86 Detail Enhancer 84 GUIDE button 46, 51
Batteries, inserting in remote 45 Diagnostics 102 Guide menu 52
Black Corrector 84 DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL)
BN Smoother 83 OUT 19 H
Digital Channels 90 HD/DVD IN jack (1080i/720p/
Brightness, adjusting 81, 85
Digital subchannels 52 480p/ 480i), described 19
C Direct Mode 82 HDMI 18
CABLE 18 DISPLAY button 47 High Altitude 97
Cable Display Mode 85 High-Definition Multimedia
connecting with VCR 36 Display, turning off 47 Interface (HDMI) 10
Cable box DRC Mode 82 Hue, adjusting 81
connecting with VCR 37 DRC Palette 83
using with remote control 50 DTE 84 I
CableCARD DVD player i.LINK 17, 19, 7378
device 32, 102 using with remote control 50 i.LINK button 47
slot 18 with A/V connectors, i.LINK Standby 97
Camcorder connection 42 connecting 40 Index 67
Canadian Rating 95 with component video INDEX button 46
Caption Vision 96 connectors, connecting 39 Info Banner 96
(Continued)
117
2-637-151-11(1)
_onDT062305\01US09IX.fm
Infrared Receiver (IR) 16 PICTURE button 46 Slide Advance 68

Inputs, labeling 96 Picture Mode 81 Slide Show 67
Iris 81, 85 Pro 81 Sound Mode 86, 87
Standard 81 Speaker 16, 87
J, K Vivid 81 Specifications 115
JUMP 54 POWER button 16, 47
Steady Sound
JUMP button 47, 54 Power Saving 97
adjusting 86
POWER/STANDBY LED 16 Support Belt 14
L Print 67 Surround sound 86
Label Channels 91 Print Quantity 67
Label Video Inputs 96 Program Guide 52 T, U
LAMP LED 16 Program Options menu 52 Timer
Lamp, replacing 104107 Protect 67 indictor 12
Language 97 set current 102
R TIMER LED 16
M Ratings Timer setting 101
Memory Stick setting 94 Transition Effect 68
button 47 viewing blocked programs 93 Treble, adjusting 86
features 61 REC button 47 Troubleshooting 108114
Index 64 Remote control Turning on/off the TV 16
indicator 17 inserting batteries 45
playing movies 66 TV Rating 94
programming 4849
precautions 70 Removing channels from the TV/VIDEO button 47
removing 63 channel list 91 Twin View 55
Slide Show options 68 Twin View button 46
slot 17 Removing the CableCARD
Device 33 U.S.A. Rating 94
troubleshooting 109
viewing photos 65 Repeat 68 Unrated 94
MENU button 16, 47 Reset 85
Menu Color 97 V
RESET button 47
Movie Rating 94 VCR
MTS 87 S using with remote control 50
with cable box, connecting 37
Music 68 S VIDEO jack, described 17, 18 with cable, connecting 36
MUTING button 46 Satellite receiver Vertical Center 89
connecting 27 Vertical Size 89
N Satellite receiver, using with VHF/UHF jack, described 18
Noise Reduction 82 remote control 50 VIDEO 8 (PC) IN 18
Screen settings 79, 88 Video inputs, labeling 96
O Select Country 93
Off, turning off the TV 16 Video settings 79, 81
Select Folder 69 VIDEO/AUDIO (L/R) jacks,
On, turning on the TV 16 Settings
Overscan 89 described 17
Applications 80, 101 View 67
Audio 79, 86
P, Q Channel 80, 90 VOL +/ button 46
Parental Lock settings 80, 92 Parental Lock 80, 92 VOLUME +/ button 16
Password, changing 93 Screen 79, 88
PC IN jack 18 Setup 80, 96 W, X, Y
Video 79, 81 White Balance 84
PC Input 85, 87, 99 Setup settings 80, 96
Personal Computer WIDE button 46
Sharpness, adjusting 81 Wide Mode 88
connecting 41 Show/Hide Channels 91
Picture 81, 85 Wide Screen Mode, described 10
SLEEP button 46
118
2-637-151-11(1)
2-637-151-11(1)
SXRD Projection TV
Operating Instructions
KDS-R50XBR1
http://www.sony.net/
KDS-R60XBR1
Printed on 100% recycled paper.
Printed in Japan
2005 Sony Corporation
2673151111newSXRD_ENcov_r8.indd 1 6/21/2005 2:38:54 PM

KDS-R50/60XBR1 2-637-151-11(1)

Sony PROYECTOR KDS-R50XBR1 KDS-R60XBR1 - Chasis SP-1 - Proyección PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sony PROYECTOR KDS-R50XBR1 KDS-R60XBR1 - Chasis SP-1 - Proyección PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HISTORY

Model Name : KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1

KDS-R50XBR1 RM-Y914 USA

KDS-R50XBR1 RM-Y914 CANADA

KDS-R50XBR1 RM-Y914 MEXICO

KDS-R60XBR1 RM-Y914 USA

KDS-R60XBR1 RM-Y914 CANADA

KDS-R60XBR1 RM-Y914 MEXICO

PC IN D-sub 15-pin, analog RGB, 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms, positive

Replacing the Lamp

Use a Sony XL-5100 replacement lamp (not supplied) for replacement.

4 Turn the screw with a screwdriver counterclockwise and remove the

5 Pu ll out the lamp.

The lamp compartment is tilted, as shown in the following

To ensure the lamp is securely installed, press the area marked

If the lamp is not securely reattached, the self-diagnostic function

Consult your Sony dealer for a Sony XL-5100 replacement

The used lamp

For replacement lamp information visit:

WARNING!! ATTENTION AUX COMPOSANTS RELATIFS LA

Section Title Page Section Title Page

1. SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ..................... 13 4. DIAGRAMS

2. DISASSEMBLY Block Diagram (2) .............................................. 26

2-1. Rear Cover .......................................................... 16 Block Diagram (3) .............................................. 27

2-3. Service Position .................................................. 17 Block Diagram (5) .............................................. 29

2-5. Digital Block Assembly ..................................... 18 Block Diagram (7) .............................................. 31

2-6. DC Motor SFF21C/C-NP ................................... 19 Block Diagram (8) .............................................. 32

2-7. Power Supply Block ........................................... 19 Block Diagram (9) .............................................. 33

Assembly ............................................................ 20 Block Diagram (11) ............................................ 35

2-9. DC Motor SFF22A/C-NP .................................. 20 Block Diagram (12) ............................................ 36

Section Title Page

5-1. Screen, Covers .................................................... 60

6. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

1. Summary of Self-Diagnosis Function

2. Diagnosis Items and Prediction of Malfunction Location

- F an 1-4 power is not

- B_12V is not supplied.

- Short-circuit of Audio power

-B -12V is over voltage.

-Q_10.5V is over voltage.

- Lamp for the light

3. Blinking count display of POWER/STANDBY indicator

- One blink is not used for self-diagnosis.

Indicators Lamp cover 3 times

- Release of POWER/STANDBY indicator blinking

4. Self-diagnosis screen displays

<Screen Display Method>

DISPLAY Channel 5 Vol - POWER

Be aware that this differs from

- Numeral "1" means a fault was detected one time

<Method of Clearing Results Display>

1. Power off (Set to the standby mode)

2. DISPLAY Channel 5 Vol - POWER

<Method of Ending Self-Diagnosis Screen>

5. Self-Diagnosis function operation

8 : D-OVP Be not in use.

10 : ATSC-OVP Be not in use.

2-1. REAR COVER

2-2. TERMINAL BRACKET, D.C FAN

1 2 screws (+BVTP 3x12) Terminal bracket

2-3. SERVICE POSITION

4 Screw (+BVTP2 4x16)